Orally administered small peptides synergize statin activity

专利摘要:

公开号:AU2004264944A1
申请号:U2004264944
申请日:2004-08-10
公开日:2005-02-24
发明作者:Gattadahalli M. Anantharamaiah；Alan M. Fogelman；Mohamad Navab
申请人:University of California；
IPC主号:C07K14-775

专利说明:
WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 ORALLY ADMINISTERED SMALL PEPTIDES SYNERGIZE STATIN ACTIVITY CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS [0001] This application is a continuation-in-part of USSN 10/649,378, filed on 5 August 26, 2003, which claims benefit of and priority to USSN 60/494,449, filed on August 11, 2003, all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety for all purposes. STATEMENT AS TO RIGHTS TO INVENTIONS MADE UNDER FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT 10 [00021 This work was supported by United States Public Health Service and National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute Grants HL30568 and HL34343. The Government of the United States of America may have certain rights in this invention. FIELD OF THE INVENTION [0003] This invention relates to the field of atherosclerosis. In particular, this 15 invention pertains to the identification of a class of peptides that are orally administrable and that ameliorate one or more symptoms of atherosclerosis. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION [0004] Cardiovascular disease is a leading cause of morbidity and mortality, particularly in the United States and in Western European countries. Several causative 20 factors are implicated in the development of cardiovascular disease including hereditary predisposition to the disease, gender, lifestyle factors such as smoking and diet, age, hypertension, and hyperlipidemia, including hypercholesterolemia. Several of these factors, particularly hyperlipidemia and hypercholesteremia (high blood cholesterol concentrations) provide a significant risk factor associated with atherosclerosis. 25 [0005] Cholesterol is present in the blood as free and esterified cholesterol within lipoprotein particles, commonly known as chylomicrons, very low density lipoproteins (VLDLs), low density lipoproteins (LDLs), and high density lipoproteins (HDLs). Concentration of total cholesterol in the blood is influenced by (1) absorption of -1- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 cholesterol from the digestive tract, (2) synthesis of cholesterol from dietary constituents such as carbohydrates, proteins, fats and ethanol, and (3) removal of cholesterol from blood by tissues, especially the liver, and subsequent conversion of the cholesterol to bile acids, steroid hormones, and biliary cholesterol. 5 [0006] Maintenance of blood cholesterol concentrations is influenced by both genetic and environmental factors. Genetic factors include concentration of rate-limiting enzymes in cholesterol biosynthesis, concentration of receptors for low density lipoproteins in the liver, concentration of rate-limiting enzymes for conversion of cholesterols bile acids, rates of synthesis and secretion of lipoproteins and gender of 10 person. Environmental factors influencing the hemostasis of blood cholesterol concentration in humans include dietary composition, incidence of smoking, physical activity, and use of a variety of pharmaceutical agents. Dietary variables include amount and type of fat (saturated and polyunsaturated fatty acids), amount of cholesterol, amount and type of fiber, and perhaps amounts of vitamins such as vitamin C and D and minerals 15 such as calcium. [0007] Epidemiological studies show an inverse correlation of high density lipoprotein (HDL) and apolipoprotein (apo) A-I levels with the occurrence of atherosclerotic events (Wilson et al. (1988) Arteriosclerosis 8: 737-741). Injection of HDL into rabbits fed an atherogenic diet has been shown to inhibit atherosclerotic lesion 20 formation (Badimon et al. (1990) J. Clin. Invest. 85: 1234-1241). [0008] Human apo A-I has been a subject of intense study because of its anti atherogenic properties. Exchangeable apolipoproteins, including apo A-I, possess lipid associating domains (Brouillette and Anantharamaiah (1995) Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1256:103-129; Segrest et al. (1974) FEBS Lett. 38: :247-253). Apo A-I has been 25 postulated to possess eight tandem repeating 22mer sequences, most of which have the potential to form class A amphipathic helical structures (Segrest et al. (1974) FEBS Lett. 38: :247-253). Characteristics of the class A amphipathic helix include the presence of positively charged residues at the polar-nonpolar interface and negatively charged residues at the center of the polar face (Segrest et al. (1974) FEBS Lett. 38: 247-253; Segrest et 30 al. (1990) Proteins: Structure, Function, and Genetics 8: 103-117). Apo A-I has been shown to strongly associate with phospholipids to form complexes and to promote -2- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 cholesterol efflux from cholesterol-enriched cells. The delivery and maintenance of serum levels of apo A-I to effectively mitigate one or more symptoms of atherosclerosis has heretofore proven elusive. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION 5 [0009] This invention provides novel peptides and amino acid pairs, administration of which mitigates one or more symptoms of atherosclerosis and other inflammatory conditions such as rheumatoid arthritis, lupus erythematous, polyarteritis nodosa, osteoporosis, Alzheimer's disease, congestive heart failure, endothelial dysfunction, viral illnesses such as influenza A, and diseases such as multiple sclerosis. In certain 10 embodiments, it was a discovery of this invention that peptides comprising a class A amphipathic helix when formulated with "D" amino acid residue(s) and/or having protected amino and carboxyl termini can be orally administered to an organism, are readily taken up and delivered to the serum, and are effective to mitigate one or more symptoms of atherosclerosis. In certain embodiments, the peptides can be formulated with 15 all "L" amino acid residues and are still effective, particular when administered by routes other than oral administration. [0010] It was also a discovery that "small" peptides (e.g., ranging in length from about three amino acides to about 11 amino acids) having hydrophobic terminal amino acids or terminal amino acids rendered hydrophobic by one or more hydrophobic blocking 20 goups and having internal acidic and/or basic, and/or aliphatic, and/or aromatic amino acids as described herin are also capable of mitigating one or more symptoms of atherosclerosis or other pathologies characterized by an inflammatory response. [0011] The peptides, and/or amino acid pairs, of this invention are typically effective to stimulate the formation and cycling of pre-beta high density lipoprotein-like 25 particles and/or to promote lipid transport and detoxification. [0012] The peptides, and/or amino acid pairs, described herein are also effective for preventing the onset or inhibiting or eliminating one or more symptoms of osteoporosis. [0013] It was also a surprising discovery that the peptides, and/or amino acid pairs, 30 can be used to enhance (e.g., synergically enhance) the activity of statins and/or Ezetimibe -3- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 or other cholesterol uptake inhibitors, thereby permitting the effective use of statins or cholesterol uptake inhibitors at lower dosages and/or cause the statins or cholesterol uptake inhibitors to be significantly more anti-inflammatory at any given dose. [0014] In certain embodiments, this invention provides peptides or a combination 5 of peptides, and/or amino acid pairs, that ameliorates one or more symptoms of an inflammatory condition (e.g., atherosclerosis atherosclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, lupus erythematous, polyarteritis nodosa, osteoporosis, Altzheimer's disease, a viral illnesses, asthma, diabetes, etc.). Certain preferred peptides range in length from 3 to about 5 amino acids; are soluble in ethyl acetate at a concentration greater than about 4mg/mL; are 10 soluble in aqueous buffer at pH 7.0; when contacted with a phospholipid in an aqueous environment, forms particles with a diameter of approximately 7.5 nm and/or form stacked bilayers with a bilayer dimension on the order of 3.4 to 4.1 nm with spacing between the bilayers in the stack of approximately 2 nm; have a molecular weight less than about 900 daltons; convert pro-inflammatory HDL to anti-inflammatory HDL or makes anti 15 inflammatory HDL more anti-inflammatory; and do not have the amino acid sequence Lys-Arg-Asp-Ser (SEQ ID NO:238) in which Lys-Arg-Asp and Ser are all L amino acids. In certain embodiments, these peptides protects a phospholipid (e.g., 1-palmitoyl-2 arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphorylcholine (PAPC), 1-stearoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn glycero-3-phosphorylcholine (SAPC)), and 1-stearoyl-2-arachidonyl-sn-glycero-3 20 phosphorylethanolamine (SAPE). In certain embodiments, these peptides can include, but need not be limited to any of the small peptides described herein. [0015] In certain embodiments, this invention provides peptides or a combination of peptides, and/or amino acid pairs, that ameliorates one or more symptoms of an inflammatory condition (e.g., atherosclerosis atherosclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, lupus 25 erythematous, polyarteritis nodosa, osteoporosis, Altzheimer's disease, a viral illnesses, asthma, diabetes, etc.). Certain preferred peptides are characterized by the formula: X1 X 2-X I-X 4 where n is 0 or 1; X 1 is a hydrophobic amino acid and/or bears a hydrophobic protecting group; X 4 is a hydrophobic amino acid and/or bears a hydrophobic protecting group; and, when n is 0, X2 is an amino acid selected from the group consisting of an 30 acidic amino acid, a basic amino acid, and a histidine; and, when when n is 1: X 2 and X 3 are independently an acidic amino acid, a basic amino acid, an aliphatic amino acid, or an aromatic amino acid such that when X2 is an acidic amino acid; X3 is a basic amino acid, -4- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 an aliphatic amino acid, or an aromatic amino acid; when X 2 is a basic amino acid; X 3 is an acidic amino acid, an aliphatic amino acid, or an aromatic amino acid; and when X2 is an aliphatic or aromatic amino acid, X 3 is an acidic amino acid, or a basic amino acid. Certain preferred peptides convert pro-inflammatory HDL to anti-inflammatory HDL or 5 make anti-inflammatory HDL more anti-inflammatory. In certain embodiments, the peptide does not have the amino acid sequence Lys-Arg-Asp-Ser (SEQ ID NO:238) in which Lys, Arg, Asp, and Ser are all L amino acids. Peptides of this invention include peptides according to the formula above, and/or peptides comprising a peptide of the formula above and/or concatamers of such peptides. 10 [0016] In certain embodiments, X1 and X 4 are independently selected from the group consisting of alanine (Ala), valine (Val), leucine (Leu), isoleucine (Ile), proline (Pro), phenylalanine (Phe), tryptophan (Trp), methionine (Met), serine (Ser) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, beta-naphthyl alanine, alpha-naphthyl alanine, norleucine, cyclohexylalanine, threonine (Thr) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, tyrosine (Tyr) 15 bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, lysine (Lys) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, arginine (Arg) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, ornithine (Orn) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, aspartic acid (Asp) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, cysteine (Cys) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, and glutamic acid (Glu) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group. 20 [00171 In certain embodiments, the peptide is a tri-mer (i.e., n is 0). In certain tri mers, X 1 is Glu, Leu, Lys, Om, Phe, Trp, or norLeu; X2 is acidic (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid, etc.), or basic (e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine, etc.) and X 4 is Ser, Thr, Ile, Leu, Trp, Tyr, Phe, or norleu. In certain embodiments, the peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of a peptide listed in Table 3. In certain embodiments, the peptide is a 25 protected trimer as shown in Table 3. [0018] In certain embodiments, n is 1 and the peptide is or comprises a tetramer in which X 2 and X 3 are independently an acidic amino acid or a basic amino acid such that when X2 is an acidic amino acid, X3 is a basic amino acid and when X2 is a basic amino acid, X 3 is an acidic amino acid. X 1 and X 4 can include independently selected amino 30 acids, e.g., as indicated above. In certain embodiments, X 2 and X 3 are independently selected from Asp, Glu, Lys, Arg, and His. In certain embodiments, the peptide comprises -5- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 the amino acid sequence of a peptide listed in Table 4. In certain embodiments, the peptide is a protected tetramer as show in Table 4. [0019] In still another embodiment, n is 1 and the peptide is or comprises a tetramer in which X 2 and X 3 are independently an acidic, a basic, or a aliphatic amino acid 5 with one of X 2 or X 3 being an acidic or a basic amino acid such that when X 2 is an acidic or a basic amino acid, X 3 is an aliphatic amino acid; and when X 3 is an acid or a basic amino acid, X 2 is an aliphatic amino acid. X1 and X 4 can include independently selected amino acids, e.g., as indicated above. In certain embodiments, X 2 and X 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of Asp, Glu, Lys, Arg, His, and Ile, more 10 preferably from the group consisting of Asp, Arg, Leu, and Glu. In certain embodiments, the peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of a peptide listed in Table 5. In certain embodiments, the peptide is a protected tetramer as show in Table 5. [0020] In another embodiment, n is 1 and the peptide is or comprises a tetramer in which X2, X3 are independently an acidic, a basic, or an aromatic amino acid with one of 15 X 2 or X 3 being an acidic or a basic amino acid such that when X 2 is an acidic or a basic amino acid, X 3 is an aromatic amino acid; and when X 3 is an acid or a basic amino acid, X2 is an aromatic amino acid. X1 and X 4 can include independently selected amino acids, e.g., as indicated above. In certain embodiments, X 2 and X 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of Asp, Arg, Glu, Trp, Tyr, Phe, and Lys. In certain 20 embodiments, the peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of a peptide listed in Table 6. In certain embodiments, the peptide is a protected tetramer as show in Table 6. [0021] This invention also provides for peptides that are or comprise a pentamer (5-mer) characterized by the formula: XI-X 2
-X
3
-X
4
-X
5 , where XI is a hydrophobic amino acid and/or bears a hydrophobic protecting group; X 5 is a hydrophobic amino acid and/or 25 bears a hydrophobic protecting group; and X 2 , X 3 , and X 4 are independently selected aromatic amino acids or histidine; and the peptide converts pro-inflammatory HDL to anti inflammatory HDL or makes anti-inflammatory HDL more anti-inflammatory. In certain embodiments, X 1 and X 5 are independently selected from the group consisting of alanine (Ala), valine (Val), leucine (Leu), isoleucine (Ile), proline (Pro), phenylalanine (Phe), 30 tryptophan (Trp), methionine (Met), phenylalanine (Phe), tryptophan (Trp), methionine (Met), shrine (Ser) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, beta-naphthyl alanine, alpha -6- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 naphthyl alanine, norleucine, cyclohexylalanine, threonine (Thr) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, tyrosine (Tyr) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, lysine (Lys) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, arginine (Arg) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, ornithine (Orn) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, aspartic acid (Asp) bearing 5 a hydrophobic protecting group, cysteine (Cys) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, and glutamic acid (Glu) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group. In certain embodiments
X
2 , X 3 , and X 4 are independently is selected from the group consisting of Phe, Val, Trp, Tyr, and His. In certain embodiments, the peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of a peptide listed in Table 7. In certain embodiments, the peptide is a protected tetramer as 10 show in Table 7. [0022] This invention also provides for larger peptides that ameliorate one or more symptoms of an inflammatory condition. In certain embodiments, the peptide ranges in length from 5 to 11 amino acids; the terminal amino acids are hydrophobic amino acids and/or bear hydrophobic protecting groups; the non-terminal amino acids form at least one 15 acidic domain and at least one basic domain; and the peptide converts pro-inflammatory HDL to anti-inflammatory HDL or makes anti-inflammatory HDL more anti inflammatory. [0023] In certain embodiments, the peptide ranges in length from 5 to 11 amino acids; the terminal amino acids are hydrophobic amino acids and/or bear hydrophobic 20 protecting groups; the non-terminal amino acids form at least one acidic domain or one basic domain and at least one aliphatic domain; and the peptide converts pro-inflammatory HDL to anti-inflammatory HDL or makes anti-inflammatory HDL more anti inflammatory. [0024] In other embodiments, the peptide ranges in length from 5 to 11 amino 25 acids; the terminal amino acids are hydrophobic amino acids and/or bear hydrophobic protecting groups; the non-terminal amino acids form at least one acidic domain or one basic domain and at least one aromatic domain; and the peptide converts pro-inflammatory HDL to anti-inflammatory HDL or makes anti-inflammatory HDL more anti inflammatory. 30 [0025] In still other embodiments, the peptide ranges in length from 6 to 11 amino acids; the terminal amino acids are hydrophobic amino acids and/or bear hydrophobic -7- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 protecting groups; the non-terminal amino acids form at least one aromatic domain or two or more aromatic domains separated by one or more histidines; and the peptide converts pro-inflammatory HDL to anti-inflammatory HDL or makes anti-inflammatory HDL more anti-inflammatory. 5 [0026] This invention also provides for peptides that ameliorate one or more symptoms of an inflammatory condition and that comprise one or more amphipathic helices. Thus, this invention includes a peptide or a concatamer of a peptide that ranges in length from about 10 to about 30 amino acids, preferably from about 18 to about 30 amino acids; that comprises at least one class A amphipathic helix; that comprises one or more 10 aliphatic or aromatic amino acids at the center of the non-polar face of said amphipathic helix; that protects a phospholipid against oxidation by an oxidizing agent; and that is not the D-1 8A peptide. In certain embodiments, the peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of a peptide listed in Table 2 or Table 12. In certain embodiments, the peptide is a protected tetramer as show in Table 2 or Table 12. 15 [00271 In certain embodiments, the peptides of this invention protect a phospholipid (e.g., 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphorylcholine (PAPC), 1-stearoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphorylcholine (SAPC)), 1-stearoyl-2 arachidonyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphorylethanolamine (SAPE)) against oxidation by an oxidizing agent (e.g., 13(S)-HPODE, 15(S)-HPETE, IPODE, HPETE, HODE, HETE, 20 etc.). [0028] Any of the peptides described herein can bear one or more hydrophobic protecting groups on the amino terminal amino acid (e.g., X') and/or the carboxyl terminal amino acid (e.g., X 4 , X 5 , etc.). The protecting group(s) can be attached to the amino or carboxyl terminus and/or to a side chain (R group) of the amino acid. The protecting 25 group(s) can be directly coupled (e.g., through a covalent bond) or indirectly coupled (e.g., through a linker). Preferred hydrophobic protecting groups include, but are not limited to t-butoxycarbonyl (Boc), Fmoc, nicotinyl, OtBu, a benzoyl group, an acetyl (Ac), a carbobenzoxy, methyl, ethyl, a propyl, a butyl, a pentyl a hexyl ester, an N-methyl anthranilyl, and a 3 to 20 carbon alkyl, amide, a 3 to 20 carbon alkyl group, 9 30 fluoreneacetyl group, 1-fluorenecarboxylic group, 9-fluorenecarboxylic group, 9 fluorenone-1-carboxylic group, benzyloxycarbonyl (is also called carbobenzoxy -8- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 mentioned above), Xanthyl (Xan), Trityl (Trt), 4-methyltrityl (Mtt), 4-methoxytrityl (Mimt), 4-methoxy-2,3,6-trimethyl-benzenesulphonyl (Mtr), Mesitylene-2-sulphonyl (Mts), 4,4-dimethoxybenzhydryl (Mbh), Tosyl (Tos), 2,2,5,7,8-pentamethyl chroman-6 sulphonyl (Pmc), 4-methylbenzyl (MeBzl), 4-methoxybenzyl (MeOBzl), Benzyloxy 5 (BzlO), Benzyl (Bzl), Benzoyl (Bz), 3-nitro-2-pyridinesulphenyl (Npys), 1-(4,4-dimethyl 2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)ethyl (Dde), 2,6-dichlorobenzyl (2,6-DiCl-Bzl), 2 chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl (2-CI-Z), 2-bromobenzyloxycarbonyl (2-Br-Z), benzyloxymethyl (Bom), cyclohexyloxy (cHxO),t-butoxymethyl (Bum), t-butoxy (tBuO), t-Butyl (tBu), trifluoroacetyl (TFA), 4[N-{ 1-(4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)-3 10 methyldibutyl)-amino}benzyl ester (ODmab), a-allyl ester (OAll), 2-phenylisopropyl ester (2-PhiPr), 1-[4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxycyclohex-1-yl-idene)ethyl (Dde), and the like. In certain embodiments, the said hydrophobic protecting group is selected from the group consisting of Boc, Fmoc, nicotinyl, and OtBu. In certain embodiments, the N-terminus of the peptide is blocked with a protecting group selected from the group consisting of Boc-, 15 Fmoc-, and Nicotinyl- and/or the C-terminus of the peptide is blocked with a protecting group selected from the group consisting of tBu, and OtBu. [0029] The peptides can also, optionally, include at least one D amino acid. In certain embodiments, the peptides include a plurality of D- amino acids or can even compirse all D-amino acids. In certain embodiments, the peptide comprise alternating D 20 and L- amino aicds. The peptides can also be all L-form amino acids. The peptides can be isolated (e.g., substanitaly pure), dry or in solution, and/or combined with a pharmacologically acceptable excipient. In certain embodiments, the peptide is mixed with a pharmacologically acceptable excipient suitable for oral administration to a mammal (e.g., a human or a non-human mammal). The peptide can be provided as a unit 25 formulation in a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and/or as a time release formulation. [0030] The peptides can also be coupled to one or more biotins (e.g., directly, through a linker, and/or through the amino acid side chain). In certain embodiments, the biotin is coupled to a lysine (Lys). 30 [0031] In certain embodiments, this invention also provides pairs of amino acids that ameliorate one or more symptoms of an inflammatory condition. The amino acid pair -9- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 typically comprises a first amino acid bearing at least one protecting group; and a second amino acid bearing at least one protecting group; where the first amino acid and the second amino acid are different species of amino acid, and where the pair of amino acids converts pro-inflammatory HDL to anti-inflammatory HDL or makes anti-inflammatory 5 HDL more anti-inflammatory. In various embodiments the pair of amino acids, when contacted with a phospholipid in an aqueous environment, forms particles with a diameter of approximately 7.5 nm and forms stacked bilayers with a bilayer dimension on the order of 3.4 to 4.1 nm with spacing between the bilayers in the stack of approximately 2 nm. In certain embodiments, the first and second amino acids are independently selected from the 10 group consisting of an acidic amino acid, a basic amino acid, and a non-polar amino acid. In certain embodiments, the first amino aicd is acidic or basic and the second amino acid is non-polar, or the first amino acid is non-polar and said second amino acid is acidic or basic. In certain embodiments, both amino acids are acidic or basic. The first and second amino acid can, optionaly, be covalently coupled together, e.g., directly or through a 15 linker. In certain embodiments, the amino acids are joined through a peptide linkage thereby forming a dipeptide. In certain embodiments, the first amino acid and the second amino acid are mixed together, but not covalently linked. The protecting groups include, but are not limited to any of the protecting groups described herein. In certain embodiments, the first amino acid is blocked with a protecting group selected from the 20 group consisting of Boc-, Fmoc-, and nicotinyl-, and the second amino acid is blocked with a protecting group selected from the group consisting of tBu, and OtBu. In certain embodiments, each amino acid bears at least two protecting groups. In certain embodiments, each amino acid is blocked with a with a first protecting group selected from the group consisting of Boc-, Fmoc-, and nicotinyl-, and a second protecting group 25 selected from the group consisting of tBu, and OtBu. In certain embodiments, each amino acid is blocked with a Boc and an OtBu. In various embodiments the pair of amino acids form a dipeptide selected from the group consisting of Phe-Arg, Glu-Leu, and Arg-Glu. In certain embodiments, the pair of amino acids form a dipeptide selected from the group consisting of Boc-Arg-OtBu, Boc-Glu-OtBu, Boc-Phe-Arg-OtBu, Boc-Glu-Leu-OtBu, 30 and Boc-Arg-Glu-OtBu. [0032] This invention also provides a pharmaceutical formulation comprising one or more of the peptides, and/or amino acid pairs described herein, and a pharmaceutically -10- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 acceptable excipient. Typically the peptide(s) , and/or amino acid pairs, are present in an effective dose. The peptide(s) , and/or amino acid pairs, can also be provided as a time release formulation and/or as a unit dosage formulation. In certain embodiments, the formulation is formulated for oral administration. In certain embodiments, the formulation 5 is formulated for administration by a route selected from the group consisting of oral administration, inhalation (e.g., nasal administration, oral inhalation, etc.), rectal administration, intraperitoneal injection, intravascular injection, subcutaneous injection, transcutaneous administration, inhalation administration, intramuscular injection, and the like. 10 [0033] Also provided is a kit comprising a container containing one or more of the peptides, and/or amino acid pairs described herein, and instructional materials teaching the use of the peptide(s) , and/or amino acid pairs, in the treatment of a pathology characterized by inflammation (e.g., atherosclerosis atherosclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, lupus erythematous, polyarteritis nodosa, asthma, osteoporosis, Altzheimer's disease, a 15 viral illnesses, etc.). [0034] This invention also provides a method of mitigating (e.g., reducing or eliminating) one or more symptoms of atherosclerosis in a mammal (human or non-human mammal). The method typically involves administering to the mammal an effective amount of one or more of the peptides, and/or amino acid pairs described herein,. The 20 peptide, and/or amino acid pair, can be administered in a in a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient (e.g., for oral administration) and can, optionally be administered in conjunction (e.g., before, after, or simultaneously) with a lipid. The administering can comprise administering the peptide, and/or amino acid pair, by a route selected from the group consisting of oral administration, inhalation (e.g. nasal administration, oral inhalation, 25 etc.), rectal administration, intraperitoneal injection, intravascular injection, subcutaneous injection, transcutaneous administration, and intramuscular injection. In certain embodiments, the mammal is a mammal diagnosed as having one or more symptoms of atherosclerosis. In certain embodiments, the mammal is a mammal diagnosed as at risk for stroke or atherosclerosis. 30 [0035] In another embodiment, this invention provides method of mitigating one or more symptoms of an inflammatory pathology (e.g., atherosclerosis, rheumatoid -11- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 arthritis, lupus erythematous, polyarteritis nodosa, osteoporosis, multiple sclerosis, diabetes, asthma, Altzheimer's disease, a viral illnesses, etc.). The method typically involves administering to the mammal an effective amount of one or more of the peptides, and/or amino acid pairs, described herein. The peptide, and/or amino acid pair, can be 5 administered in a in a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient (e.g., for oral administration) and can, optionally be administered in conjunction (e.g., before, after, or simultaneously) with a lipid. The administering can comprise administering the peptide, and/or amino acid pairs, by a route selected from the group consisting of oral administration, inhalation, rectal administration, intraperitoneal injection, intravascular injection, subcutaneous 10 injection, transcutaneous administration, and intramuscular injection. In certain embodiments, the mammal is a mammal diagnosed as having one or more symptoms of of the inflammatory pathology. In certain embodiments, the mammal is a mammal diagnosed as at risk for the inflammatory pathology. [00361 The peptides, and/or amino acid pairs, of this invention also act 15 synergistically with statins and/or with a selective cholesterol uptake inhibitor (e.g., Ezetimibe). The method typically involves coadministering with the statin and/or cholesterol uptake inhibitor an effective amount of one or more of the peptides described herein. In certain embodiments, the statin is selected from the group consisting of cerivastatin, atorvastatin, simvastatin, pravastatin, fluvastatin, lovastatin. rosuvastatin, and 20 pitavastatin. The peptide can be administered before, after, or simultaneously with the statin and/or the cholesterol uptake inhibitor. The peptide and/or said statin and/or cholesterol uptake inhibitor can be administered as a unit dosage formulation. In certain embodiments, the administering comprises administering said peptide and/or said statin by a route selected from the group consisting of oral administration, nasal administration, 25 rectal administration, intraperitoneal injection, intravascular injection, subcutaneous injection, transcutaneous administration, and intramuscular injection. The mammal includes, but is not limited to a mammal diagnosed as having one or more symptoms of atherosclerosis or diagnosed as at risk for stroke or atherosclerosis. [0037] This invention also provides a method of mitigating one or more symptoms 30 associated with atherosclerosis in a mammal. The method typically involves administering a statin and/or a selective cholesterol uptake inhibitor; and an effective amount of one or more peptides, and/or amino acid pairs, described herein, where the the -12- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 effective amount of the statin and/or cholesterol uptake inhibitor is lower than the effective amount of a statin or a cholesterol uptake inhibitor administered without the peptide(s) , and/or amino acid pairs. In certain embodiments, the effective amount of the peptide(s) , and/or amino acid pairs, is lower than the effective amount of the peptide, and/or amino 5 acid pairs, administered without the statin and/or cholesterol uptake inhibitor. In certain embodiments, the statin is selected from the group consisting of cerivastatin, atorvastatin, simvastatin, pravastatin, fluvastatin, lovastatin. rosuvastatin, and pitavastatin. The peptide can be administered before, after, or simultaneously with the statin and/or the cholesterol uptake inhibitor. The peptide, and/or amino acid pair, and/or the statin and/or cholesterol 10 uptake inhibitor can be administered as a unit dosage formulation. In certain embodiments, the administering comprises administering the peptide, and/or amino acid pair, and/or said statin by a route selected from the group consisting of oral administration, inhalation, rectal administration, intraperitoneal injection, intravascular injection, subcutaneous injection, transcutaneous administration, and intramuscular injection. The 15 mammal includes, but is not limited to a mammal diagnosed as having one or more symptoms of atherosclerosis or diagnosed as at risk for stroke or atherosclerosis. The mammal includes, but is not limited to a mammal diagnosed as having one or more symptoms of atherosclerosis or diagnosed as at risk for stroke or atherosclerosis. [0038] In still another embodiment, this invention provides a method of reducing 20 or inhibiting one or more symptoms of osteoporosis in a mammal. The method typically involves administering to the mammal one or more peptide(s) , and/or amino acid pairs, described herein, where peptide, and/or amino acid pair, is administered in a concentration sufficient to reduce or eliminate one or more symptoms of osteoporosis. In certain embodiments, the peptide(s), and/or amino acid pair(s), are administered in a 25 concentration sufficient to reduce or eliminate decalcification of a bone. In certain embodiments, the peptide(s) , and/or amino acid pair(s), are administered in a concentration sufficient to induce recalcification of a bone. The peptide(s) , and/or amino acid pairs, can be combined with a pharmacologically acceptable excipient (e.g., an excipient suitable for oral administration to a mammal). 30 [0039] In certain embodiments, the methods and/or peptides of this invention exclude any one or more peptides disclosed in WO 97/36927, and/or U.S. Patents 6,037,323, and/or 6,376,464, and/or 6753,313, and/or in Garber et al. (1992) -13- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 Arteriosclerosis and Thrombosis, 12: 886-894. In certain embodiments this invention excludes any one or more peptides disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,643,988 and/or in Garber et al (1992) that were synthesized with all enantiomeric amino acids being L amino acids or synthesized with D amino acids where the peptides are blocking groups. In certain 5 embodiments, this invention excludes peptides having the formula A-B-B 2
-C-D-B
3
-B
4 A 2
-C
2
-B
5
-B
6
-A
3
-C
3
-B
7
-C
4 -A4-BS-B9 (SEQ ID NO:(SEQ ID NO:1) wherein A 1 , A 2 , A 3 and
A
4 are independently aspartic acid or glutamic acid, or homologues or analogues thereof; 131, B 2 , B 3 , B 4 , B 5 , B 6 , B 7 , B8 and B 9 are independently tryptophan, phenylalanine, alanine, leucine, tyrosine, isoleucine, valine or x-naphthylalanine, or homologues or analogues 10 thereof; C 1 , C 2 , C 3 and C 4 are independently lysine or arginine, and D is serine, threonine, alanine, glycine, histidine, or homologues or analogues thereof; provided that, when A 1 and A 2 are aspartic acid, A 3 and A 4 are glutamic acid, B 2 and B 9 are leucine, B 3 and B 7 are phenylalanine, B 4 is tyrosine, B 5 is valine, B 6 , B 8 , and D are alanine, and C 1 , C 2 , C 3 and C 4 are lysine, B 1 is not tryptophan. In certain embodiments, while this invention may exclude 15 one or more of the peptides described above, the peptide of SEQ TD NO:8 (4F or D4F) will be expressly included. [0040] In certain embodiments, this invention excludes any one or more peptides in WO 97/36927 and/or D variants thereof. Particular embodiments exclude one or more of the following: apoprotein A, apoprotein A-1, apoprotein A-2, apoprotein A4, apoprotein 20 B, apoprotein B-48, apoprotein B-100, apoprotein C, apoprotein C-1, apoprotein C-2, apoprotein C-3, apoprotein D, apoprotein E as described in WO 97/36927. [0041] In certain embodiments, also excluded are any one or more peptides disclosed in U.S. Patent 6,037,323 and/or D variants thereof. Particular embodiments exclude apo A-I agonist compounds comprising (i) an 18 to 22-residue peptide or peptide 25 analogue that forms an amphipathic .alpha.-helix in the presence of lipids and that comprises the formula: Z 1
-X-X
2
-X
3
-X
4 -Xs-X6-X7-Xs-X9-Xio-X1-X 12
-X
13
-X
14
-X
15
-X
16 X 17
-X
18
-Z
2 , (SEQ ID NO:2), where X1 is Pro (P), Ala (A), Gly (G), Asn (N), Gln (Q) or D-Pro (p); X 2 is an aliphatic amino acid; X 3 is Leu (L); X 4 is an acidic amino acid; X 5 is Leu (L) or Phe (F); X 6 is Leu (L) or Phe (F); X 7 is a basic amino acid; Xs is an acidic 30 amino acid; X 9 is Leu (L) or Trp (W); X 10 is Leu (L) or Trp (W); X 11 is an acidic amino acid or Asn (N); X 12 is an acidic amino acid; X 13 is Leu (L), Trp (W) or Phe (F); X 14 is a basic amino acid or Leu (L); X 15 is Gln (Q) or Asn (N); X 16 is a basic amino acid; X 17 is -14- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 Leu (L); X 1 8 is a basic amino acid; Zi is H 2 N-- or RC(O)NH--; Z 2 is --C(O)NRR, - C(O)OR or --C(O)OH or a salt thereof; each R is independently --H, (C 1
-C
6 ) alkyl, (C 1 C) alkenyl, (C 1
-C
6 ) alkynyl, (C 5
-C
20 ) aryl, (C 6
-C
26 ) alkaryl, 5-20 membered heteroaryl or 6-26 membered alkheteroaryl or a 1 to 4-residue peptide or peptide analogue in which one 5 or more bonds between residues 1-7 are independently a substituted amide, an isostere of an amide or an amide mimetic; and each "-" between residues X 1 through X 1 independently designates an amide linkage, a substituted amide linkage, an isostere of an amide or an amide mimetic; or (ii) an altered form of formula (I) in which at least one of residues X1, X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 , X 7 , X 8 , X 9 , X 10 , X11, X 12 , X 1 3 , X 1 4 , X 15 , X 16 , X 1 7 or X 1 8 is 10 conservatively substituted with another residue, and/or D variants thereof. [0042] In certain embodiments, this invention excludes peptides having the sequence Lys-Arg-Asp-Ser (SEQ ID NO:238) and in certain embodiments, this invention excludes peptides having the sequence Lys-Arg-Asp-Ser (SEQ TD NO:238) in which Lys Arg-Asp and Ser are all L amino acids. 15 [0043] In certain embodiments the peptides of this invention show less than 38%, preferably less than about 35%, more preferably less than about 30% or less than about 25% LCAT activation activity as measured by the assays provided in U.S. Patent 6,376,464. Definitions. 20 [0044] The terms "polypeptide", "peptide" and "protein" are used interchangeably herein to refer to a polymer of amino acid residues. The terms apply to amino acid polymers in which one or more amino acid residues is an artificial chemical analogue of a corresponding naturally occurring amino acid, as well as to naturally occurring amino acid polymers. 25 [0045] The term " class A amiphipathic helix" refers to a protein structure that forms an a-helix producing a segregation of a polar and nonpolar faces with the positively charged residues residing at the polar-nonpolar interface and the negatively charged residues residing at the center of the polar face (see, e.g., " Segrest et al. (1990) Proteins: Structure, Function, and Genetics 8: 103-117). -15- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 [0046] The term "ameliorating" when used with respect to "ameliorating one or more symptoms of atherosclerosis" refers to a reduction, prevention, or elimination of one or more symptoms characteristic of atherosclerosis and/or associated pathologies. Such a reduction includes, but is not limited to a reduction or elimination of oxidized 5 phospholipids, a reduction in atherosclerotic plaque formation and rupture, a reduction in clinical events such as heart attack, angina, or stroke, a decrease in hypertension, a decrease in inflammatory protein biosynthesis, reduction in plasma cholesterol, and the like. "Ameliorating one or more symptoms of atherosclerosis" can also refer to improving blood flow to vascular beds affected by atherosclerosis. 10 [0047] The term "enantiomeric amino acids" refers to amino acids that can exist in at least two forms that are nonsuperimposable mirror images of each other. Most amino acids (except glycine) are enantiomeric and exist in a so-called L-form (L amino acid) or D-form (D amino acid). Most naturally occurring amino acids are "L" amino acids. The terms "D amino acid" and "L amino acid" are used to refer to absolute configuration of the 15 amino acid, rather than a particular direction of rotation of plane-polarized light. The usage herein is consistent with standard usage by those of skill in the art. [0048] The term "protecting group" refers to a chemical group that, when attached to a functional group in an amino acid (e.g., a side chain, an alpha amino group, an alpha carboxyl group, etc.) blocks or masks the properties of that functional group. Preferred 20 amino-terminal protecting groups include, but are not limited to acetyl, or amino groups. Other amino-terminal protecting groups include, but are not limited to alkyl chains as in fatty acids, propionyl, formyl and others. Preferred carboxyl terminal protecting groups include, but are not limited to groups that form amides or esters. The term "side chain protection groups" refers to protecting groups that protect/block a side-chain (i.e. an R 25 group) of an amino acid. Side-chain protecting groups include, but are not limited to amino protecting groups, carboxyl protecting groups and hydroxyl protecting groups such as aryl ethers and guanidine protecting groups such as nitro, tosyl etc. [00491 The phrase "protect a phospholipid from oxidation by an oxidizing agent" refers to the ability of a compound to reduce the rate of oxidation of a phospholipid (or the 30 amount of oxidized phospholipid produced) when that phospholipid is contacted with an -16- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 oxidizing agent (e.g., hydrogen peroxide, 13-(S)-HPODE, 15-(S)-HPETE, HPODE, HPETE, HODE, HETE, etc.). [00501 The terms "low density lipoprotein" or "LDL" is defined in accordance with common usage of those of skill in the art. Generally, LDL refers to the lipid-protein 5 complex which when isolated by ultracentrifugation is found in the density range d = 1.019 to d = 1.063. [0051] The terms "high density lipoprotein" or "HDL" is defined in accordance with common usage of those of skill in the art. Generally "HDL" refers to a lipid-protein complex which when isolated by ultracentrifugation is found in the density range of d = 10 1.063 to d = 1.21. [0052] The term "Group I UDL" refers to a high density lipoprotein or components thereof (e.g., apo A-I, paraoxonase, platelet activating factor acetylhydrolase, etc.) that reduce oxidized lipids (e.g., in low density lipoproteins) or that protect oxidized lipids from oxidation by oxidizing agents. 15 [0053] The term "Group II HDL" refers to an HDL that offers reduced activity or no activity in protecting lipids from oxidation or in repairing (e.g., reducing) oxidized lipids. [0054] The term "HDL component" refers to a component (e.g., molecules) that comprises a high density lipoprotein (HDL). Assays for HDL that protect lipids from 20 oxidation or that repair (e.g., reduce oxidized lipids) also include assays for components of HDL (e.g., apo A-I, paraoxonase, platelet activating factor acetylhydrolase, etc.) that display such activity. [0055] The term "human apo A-I peptide" refers to a full-length human apo A-I peptide or to a fragment or domain thereof comprising a class A amphipathic helix. 25 [0056] A "monocytic reaction" as used herein refers to monocyte activity characteristic of the "inflammatory response" associated with atherosclerotic plaque formation. The monocytic reaction is characterized by monocyte adhesion to cells of the vascular wall (e.g., cells of the vascular endothelium), and/or chemotaxis into the subendothelial space, and/or differentiation of monocytes into macrophages, and/or 30 monocyte chemotaxis as measured in vitro (e.g., utilizing a neuroprobe chamber). -17- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 [0057] The term "absence of change" when referring to the amount of oxidized phospholipid refers to the lack of a detectable change, more preferably the lack of a statistically significant change (e.g., at least at the 85%, preferably at least at the 90%, more preferably at least at the 95%, and most preferably at least at the 98% or 99% 5 confidence level). The absence of a detectable change can also refer to assays in which oxidized phospholipid level changes, but not as much as in the absence of the protein(s) described herein or with reference to other positive or negative controls. [0058] The following abbreviations are used herein: PAPC: L-a-1-palmitoyl-2 arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine; POVPC: 1-palmitoyl-2-(5-oxovaleryl)-sn 10 glycero-3-phosphocholine; PGPC: 1-palmitoyl-2-glutaryl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine; PEIPC: 1-palmitoyl-2-(5,6-epoxyisoprostane
E
2 )-sn-glycero-3-phsophocholine; ChC1 8:2: cholesteryl linoleate; ChC18:2-OOH: cholesteryl linoleate hydroperoxide; DMPC: 1,2 ditetradecanoyl-rac-glycerol-3-phosphocholine; PON: paraoxonase; HPF: Standardized high power field; PON: paraoxonase; BL/6: C57BL/6J; C3H:C3H]HeJ. 15 [0059] The term "conservative substitution" is used in reference to proteins or peptides to reflect amino acid substitutions that do not substantially alter the activity (specificity (e.g., for lipoproteins))or binding affinity (e.g., for lipids or lipoproteins)) of the molecule. Typically conservative amino acid substitutions involve substitution one amino acid for another amino acid with similar chemical properties (e.g., charge or 20 hydrophobicity). The following six groups each contain amino acids that are typical conservative substitutions for one another: 1) Alanine (A), Serine (S), Threonine (T); 2) Aspartic acid (D), Glutamic acid (E); 3) Asparagine (N), Glutamine (Q); 4) Arginine (R), Lysine (K); 5) Isoleucine (I), Leucine (L), Methionine (M), Valine (V); and 6) Phenylalanine (F), Tyrosine (Y), Tryptophan (W). 25 [0060] The terms "identical" or percent "identity," in the context of two or more nucleic acids or polypeptide sequences, refer to two or more sequences or subsequences that are the same or have a specified percentage of amino acid residues or nucleotides that are the same, when compared and aligned for maximum correspondence, as measured using one of the following sequence comparison algorithms or by visual inspection. With 30 respect to the peptides of this invention sequence identity is determined over the full length of the peptide. -18- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 [0061] For sequence comparison, typically one sequence acts as a reference sequence, to which test sequences are compared. When using a sequence comparison algorithm, test and reference sequences are input into a computer, subsequence coordinates are designated, if necessary, and sequence algorithm program parameters are 5 designated. The sequence comparison algorithm then calculates the percent sequence identity for the test sequence(s) relative to the reference sequence, based on the designated program parameters. [0062] Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison can be conducted, e.g., by the local homology algorithm of Smith & Waterman, Adv. Apple. Math. 2:482 (1981), by 10 the homology alignment algorithm of Needleman & Wunsch, J. Mol. Biol. 48:443 (1970), by the search for similarity method of Pearson & Lipman (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:2444, by computerized implementations of these algorithms (GAP, BESTFIT, FASTA, and TFASTA in the Wisconsin Genetics Software Package, Genetics Computer Group, 575 Science Dr., Madison, WI), or by visual inspection (see generally Ausubel et 15 al., supra). [0063] One example of a useful algorithm is PILEUP. PILEUP creates a multiple sequence alignment from a group of related sequences using progressive, pairwise aligmnents to show relationship and percent sequence identity. It also plots a tree or dendogram showing the clustering relationships used to create the alignment. PILEUP 20 uses a simplification of the progressive alignment method of Feng & Doolittle (1987) J. Mol. Evol. 35:351-360. The method used is similar to the method described by Higgins & Sharp (1989) CABIOS 5: 151-153. The program can align up to 300 sequences, each of a maximum length of 5,000 nucleotides or amino acids. The multiple alignment procedure begins with the pairwise alignment of the two most similar sequences, producing a cluster 25 of two aligned sequences. This cluster is then aligned to the next most related sequence or cluster of aligned sequences. Two clusters of sequences are aligned by a simple extension of the pairwise alignment of two individual sequences. The final alignment is achieved by a series of progressive, pairwise alignments. The program is run by designating specific sequences and their amino acid or nucleotide coordinates for regions of sequence 30 comparison and by designating the program parameters. For example, a reference sequence can be compared to other test sequences to determine the percent sequence -19- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 identity relationship using the following parameters: default gap weight (3.00), default gap length weight (0.10), and weighted end gaps. [0064] Another example of algorithm that is suitable for determining percent sequence identity and sequence similarity is the BLAST algorithm, which is described in 5 Altschul et al. (1990) J. Mol. Biol. 215: 403-410. Software for performing BLAST analyses is publicly available through the National Center for Biotechnology Information (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/). This algorithm involves first identifying high scoring sequence pairs (HSPs) by identifying short words of length W in the query sequence, which either match or satisfy some positive-valued threshold score T when aligned with a 10 word of the same length in a database sequence. T is referred to as the neighborhood word score threshold (Altschul et al, supra). These initial neighborhood word hits act as seeds for initiating searches to find longer HSPs containing them. The word hits are then extended in both directions along each sequence for as far as the cumulative alignment score can be increased. Cumulative scores are calculated using, for nucleotide sequences, 15 the parameters M (reward score for a pair of matching residues; always > 0) and N (penalty score for mismatching residues; always < 0). For amino acid sequences, a scoring matrix is used to calculate the cumulative score. Extension of the word hits in each direction are halted when: the cumulative alignment score falls off by the quantity X from its maximum achieved value; the cumulative score goes to zero or below, due to the 20 accumulation of one or more negative-scoring residue alignments; or the end of either sequence is reached. The BLAST algorithm parameters W, T, and X determine the sensitivity and speed of the alignment. The BLASTN program (for nucleotide sequences) uses as defaults a wordlength (W) of 11, an expectation (E) of 10, M=5, N=-4, and a comparison of both strands. For amino acid sequences, the BLASTP program uses as 25 defaults a wordlength (W) of 3, an expectation (E) of 10, and the BLOSUM62 scoring matrix (see Henikoff & Henikoff (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:10915). [0065] In addition to calculating percent sequence identity, the BLAST algorithm also performs a statistical analysis of the similarity between two sequences (see, e.g., Karlin & Altschul (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA ,90: 5873-5787). One measure of 30 similarity provided by the BLAST algorithm is the smallest sum probability (P(N)), which provides an indication of the probability by which a match between two nucleotide or amino acid sequences would occur by chance. For example, a nucleic acid is considered -20- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 similar to a reference sequence if the smallest sum probability in a comparison of the test nucleic acid to the reference nucleic acid is less than about 0.1, more preferably less than about 0.01, and most preferably less than about 0.001. [0066] The term "D-18A peptide" refers to a peptide having the sequence: D-W 5 L-K-A-F-Y-D-K-V-A-E-K-L-K-E-A-F (SEQ ID NO:3) where all of the enantiomeric amino acids are D form amino acids. [00671 The term "coadministering" or "concurrent administration", when used, for example with respect to a peptide of this invention and another active agent (e.g., a statin), refers to administration of the peptide and the active agent such that both can 10 simultaneously achieve a physiological effect. The two agents, however, need not be administered together. In certain embodiments, administration of one agent can precede administration of the other, however, such coadministering typically results in both agents being simultaneously present in the body (e.g., in the plasma) at a significant fraction (e.g., 20% or greater, preferably 30% or 40% or greater, more preferably 50% or 60% or 15 greater, most preferably 70% or 80% or 90% or greater) of their maximum serum concentration for any given dose. [0068] The term "detoxify" when used with respect to lipids, LDL, or HDL refers the removal of some or all oxidizing lipids and/or oxidized lipids. Thus, for example, the uptake of all or some HPODE and/or HPETE (both hydroperoxides on fatty acids) will 20 prevent or reduce entrance of these peroxides into LDLs and thus prevent or reduce LDL oxidation. [0069] The term "pre-beta high density lipoprotein-like particles" typically refers to cholesterol containing particles that also contain apoA-I and which are smaller and relatively lipid-poor compared to the lipid: protein ratio in the majority of HDL particles. 25 When plasma is separated by FPLC, these "pre-beta high density lipoprotein-like particles" are found in the FPLC fractions containing particles smaller than those in the main HDL peak and are located to the right of HDL in an FPLC chromatogram as shown in related application USSN 10/423,830. [0070] The phrase "reverse lipid transport and detoxification" refers to the removal 30 of lipids including cholesterol, other sterols including oxidized sterols, phospholipids, oxidizing agents, and oxidized phospholipids from tissues such as arteries and transport -21- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 out of these peripheral tissues to organs where they can be detoxified and excreted such as excretion by the liver into bile and excretion by the kidneys into urine. Detoxification also refers to preventing the formation and/or destroying oxidized phospholipids as explained herein. 5 [0071] The term "biological sample" as used herein refers to any sample obtained from a living organism or from an organism that has died. Examples of biological samples include body fluids, tissue specimens, cells and cell lines taken from an organism (e.g., a human or non-human mammal). [0072] The term "amide" when referring to a hydrophobic protecting group or a 10 hydrophobic blocking group includes a simple amide to methylamide or ethylamide. The term also includes alkyl amides such as CO-NH-R where R is methyl, ethyl, etc. (e.g., up to 7, preferably 9, more preferably 11 or 13 carbons). [0073] The term "D-peptide" refers to a peptide in which one or more of the enantiiomeric amino acids comprising the peptide are D form amino acids. In certain 15 embodiments, a plurality of the enantiomeric amino acids are D form amino acids. In certain embodiments, at least half of the enantiomeric amino acids are D form amino acids. In certain embodiments, the peptide comprises alternating D- and L-form amino acids. In certain embodiments, all of the enantiomeric amino acids are D form amino acids. 20 [0074] The term "L-peptide" refers to a peptide in which all of the amino acids (enantiomeric amino acids) are L-form amino acids. [0075] A peptide that "converts pro-inflammatory HDL to anti-inflammatory HDL or makes anti-inflammatory HDL more anti-inflammatory" refers to a peptide that when administered to a mammal (e.g., a human, a rat, a mouse, etc.), or that when used in an 25 appropriate ex vivo assay (e.g., as described herein), converts HDL to an HDL that reduces or blocks lipid oxidation by an oxidizing agent (e.g., as described in USSN 6,596,544), and/or that has increased paraoxonase activity, and/or that decreases LDL induced monocyte chemotactic activity generated by artery wall cells as compared to HDL in a control assay (e.g., HDL from a control animal or assay administered a lower dose of 30 the peptide or a negative control animal or assay lacking the peptide). The alteration of HDL (conversion from non-protective to protective or increase in protective activity) is -22- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 preferably a detectable change. In preferred embodiments, the change is a statistically significant change, e.g., as determined using any statistical test suited for the data set provided (e.g., t-test, analysis of variance (ANOVA), semiparametric techniques, non parametric techniques (e.g., Wilcoxon Mann-Whitney Test, Wilcoxon Signed Ranks Test, 5 Sign Test, Kruskal-Wallis Test, etc.). Preferably the statistically significant change is significant at least at the 85%, more preferably at least at the 90%, still more preferably at least at the 95%, and most preferably at least at the 98% or 99% confidence level. In certain embodiments, the change is at least a 10% change, preferably at least a 20% change, more preferably at least a 50% change and most preferably at least a 90% change. 10 [0076] The phrase "in conjunction with" when used herein, e.g. in reference to the administration of two amino acids comprising an amino acid pair, in reference to the use of combinations of peptides of this invention, in reference to the use of peptides/amino acid pairs of this invention with other pharmacologically active agent(s) (e.g., one or more statins), and the like, indicates that the two (or more) agents are administered so that there 15 is at least some chronological overlap in their physiological activity on the organism. Thus the two or more agents can be administered simultaneously and/or sequentially. In sequential administration there may even be some substantial delay (e.g., minutes or even hours or days) before administration of the second agent as long as the first administered agent has exerted some physiological alteration on the organism when the second 20 administered agent is administered or becomes active in the organism. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS [0077] Figure 1 illustrates a synthesis scheme for the solution phase synthesis of peptides according to this invention. 25 [0078] Figure 2 illustrates the process for synthesizing a tetrapeptide using the process outlined in Figure 1. [0079] Figure 3 shows that pre-incubation (pre-treatment) but not co-incubation (Co-inc) of Boc-Lys(Boc)-Arg-Asp-Ser(tBu)-OtBu (synthesized from all D-amino acids) (SEQ ID NO:238 in Table 4) inhibited LDL-induced monocyte chemotactic activity 30 produced by human artery wall cells (HAEC). The cells were either pre-incubated with -23- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 125 tg/ml, 250 tg/ml, or 500 tg/ml of the peptide, the peptide was then removed and LDL at 100 Rg/ml cholesterol with fresh medium was added or the same concentrations of peptide were added together with the LDL and monocyte chemotactic activity determined. [0080] Figure 4 shows that the addition of the tetrapeptide described in Figure 3 to 5 the drinking water of apoE null mice converted HDL and the post-HDL FPLC fractions from pro-inflammatory to anti-inflammatory similar to D-4F. The tetrapeptide or D-4F were added to the drinking water of the mice (n= 4 for each condition) at a concentration of 5 pg/ml for 18 hours. The mice were bled and their lipoproteins were separated by FPLC. A control human LDL at 100 pg/ml of Cholesterol was added (LDL) or not added 10 (No Addition) to human artery wall cocultures or was added together with HDL at 50 tg/ml from a normal human control subject (+Control HDL) or HDL at 50 pg/ml from apoE null mice that received drinking water without peptide (+Water Control HDL) or received the tetrapeptide (+D-Tetra HDL) or D-4F (+D4F HDL) or the post-HDL FPLC fractions from apoE null mice that did not receive the peptide (+Water Control post HDL) 15 or from mice that did receive the tetrapeptide (+D-Tetra post HDL) or received D-4F (+D4F post HDL)were added at 20 tg/ml together with the control human LDL at 100 gg/ml of Cholesterol. After 8 hours the supernatants were assayed for monocyte chemotactic activity. [0081] Figure 5,shows that apoE null mice receiving D-tetrapeptide or D-4F in 20 their drinking water have LDL that induces less monocyte chemotactic activity. The LDL from the FPLC fractions of the mice described in Figure 4 was added to the cocultures at 100 ptg/ml. After 8 hours the supernatants were assayed for monocyte chemotactic activity. [0082] Figure 6 shows that SEQ ID NO:258 from Table 4 (designated D-11 in the 25 figure) when synthesized from all D-amino acids or D-4F given orally renders HDL anti inflammatory in apoE null mice but a peptide containing the same D-amino acids as in D 4F but arranged in a scrambled sequence that prevents lipid binding did not. Five hundred micrograms of SEQ ID NO:258 synthesized from D-amino acids (D- 11) or 500 pg of D 4F (D-4F) or 500 pg of scrambled D-4F (Scramb. Pept.) were instilled via a tube into the 30 stomachs of female, 3 month old apoE null mice, (n=4) and the mice were bled 20min (20 min after gavage) or 6 hours later (6 hr after gavage). Plasma was separated and HDL was -24- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 isolated by FPLC. Cultures of human aortic endothelial cells received medium alone (No Addition/Assay Controls), standard normal human LDL at 100 [tgm/mL cholesterol without (LDL/Assay Controls) or together with standard control human HDL (LDL+Control HDL/Assay Controls) at 50 J.gm/mL cholesterol, or control human LDL at 5 100 ggm/mL cholesterol was added with mouse HDL at 50 Rgm/mL cholesterol obtained from mice that received the scrambled D-4F peptide (LDL+ Scramb.Pept. HDL), or D-4F (LDL+ D-4F HDL) or SEQ ID NO:258 made from all D-amino acids (LDL+D-1 1 HDL). The cultures were incubated for 8 hrs. The supernatants were then assayed for monocyte chemotactic activity. The values are mean +/- SD of the number of migrated monocytes in 10 9 high power fields. * indicates p<0.001. [00831 Figure 7 shows that apoE null mice receiving D-4F or SEQ ID NO:258 from Table 4 synthesized from D-amino acids (designated D- 11) (but not from mice that received scrambled D-4F) have LDL that induces less monocyte chemotactic activity. The LDL from the FPLC fractions of the mice described in Figure 6 was added to the cultures 15 at 100 gg/ml. After 8 hours the supernatants were assayed for monocyte chemotactic activity.* indicates p<0.001, **indicates p<0.01. [0084] Figure 8 shows that HDL was converted from pro-inflammatory to anti inflammatory after addition of SEQ ID NO:238 in Table 4 synthesized from D amino aicids (designated D-1)to the chow of apoE null mice (200 pg/gm chow for 18 hours). 20 Assay Controls: No Addition, no addition to the cocultures; LDL ,a standard control human LDL was added to the cocultures; + Control HDL, a control normal human HDL, was added to the cocultures. Chow LDL, LDL from mice that received chow alone; +Chow Autolog. HDL, HDL from the mice that received Chow alone was added together with the LDL from these mice; + D-1 Autolog. HDL, HDL from the mice receiving the 25 peptide was added together with the LDL from these mice to the cocultures and monocyte chemotactic activity was determined. [0085] Figure 9 shows that the tetrapeptide (SEQ ID NO:258 in Table 4) was ten times more potent than SEQ ID NO:238 in vitro. The tetrapeptide was added or not added in a pre-incubation to human artery wall cell cocultures at 100, 50, 25 or 12.5 ggm/mL 30 and incubated for 2 hrs. The cultures were then washed. Some wells then received medium alone (No Addition). The other wells either received standard normal human -25- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 LDL at 100 [tgni/mL cholesterol (LDL) or received this LDL together with a standard control human HDL (LDL+ Control HDL) at 50 [tgm/mL cholesterol and were incubated for 8 hrs. Culture supernatants were then assayed for monocyte chemotactic activity. The values are mean +/- SD of the number of migrated monocytes in 9 high power fields. The 5 wells that received the tetrapeptide in the 2 hr pre-incubation at the concentrations noted above followed by the addition of LDL at 100 ptgm/mL cholesterol are indicated in the figure (LDL+tetrapeptide, in tgm/ml). [0086] Figure 10 shows that SEQ ID NOs:243, 242, and 256 from Table 4 (designated Seq No.5, Seq No.6, and Seq No. 9, respectively in the figure) convert pro 10 inflammatory HDL from apoE null mice to anti-inflammatory HDL. Two month old female apo E null mice (n=4 per treatment) fasted for 18 hrs, were injected intraperitoneally with L-tetrapeptides at 20 pgm peptide/mouse or were injected with the saline vehicle (Saline Vehicle). Two hours later, blood was collected from the retroorbital sinus under mild anesthesia with Isofluorine. Plasma was separated and IHDL was isolated 15 by FPLC. HDL inflammatory / anti-inflammatory properties were then determined. Cultures of human aortic endothelial cells received medium alone (No Addition), standard normal human LDL at 100 Vgm/mL cholesterol without (LDL) or together with standard control human HDL (LDL+Control IDL) at 50 ggm/mL cholesterol, or standard control human LDL at 100 tgm/mL cholesterol with mouse HDL at 50 ggm/mL cholesterol 20 obtained from mice that received the tetrapeptides or the saline vehicle (LDL+HDL from mice injected intraperitoneally). The cultures were incubated for 8 hrs. The supernatants were then assayed for monocyte chemotactic activity. The values are mean +/- SD of the number of migrated monocytes in 9 high power fields. [0087] Figure 11 shows that SEQ ID NO:258 from Table 4 (designated S-11 in the 25 Figure) converts pro-inflammatory HDL from apoE null mice to anti-inflammatory HDL better than SEQ ID NO:254 and SEQ ID NO:282 (designated S-7 and S-35, respectively in the Figure). Two-month-old female apo E null mice (n=4 per treatment) fasted for 18 hrs, were injected intraperitoneally with S-7 or S-11 or S-35, at 20 tgm peptide/mouse or were injected with the saline vehicle (Saline Vehicle). Two hours later, blood was 30 collected from the retroorbital sinus under mild anesthesia with Isofluorine. Plasma was separated and LDL and HDL were isolated by FPLC. HDL inflammatory / anti -26- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 inflammatory properties were then determined. Cultures of human aortic endothelial cells received medium alone (No Addition/Assay Controls), standard normal human LDL at 100 pgm/mL cholesterol without (LDL/Assay Controls) or together with standard control human HDL (+Control HDL/Assay Controls) at 50 pgm/mL cholesterol, or mouse LDL at 5 100 ggm/mL cholesterol with mouse HDL at 50 ptgm/mL cholesterol obtained from mice that received S-7, or S-11 or S-35 (LDL + S-7 HDL. LDL+ S-11 HDL, LDL+S-35 HDL, respectively) or the saline vehicle (LDL+Saline HDL)). The cultures were incubated for 8 hrs. The supernatants were then assayed for monocyte chemotactic activity. The values are mean +/- SD of the number of migrated monocytes in 9 high power fields.*p<0.00 1. 10 [0088] Figure 12. The LDL from the FPLC fractions of the mice described in Figure 11 was added to the cells at 100 pg/ml. After 8 hours the supernatants were assayed for monocyte chemotactic activity. Assay Controls are as described in Figure 11. Saline LDL, LDL from mice injected with the saline vehicle; S-7 LDL, LDL from mice injected with SEQ ID NO:254 from Table 4 as described in Figure 11; S-1I LDL, LDL 15 from mice injected with SEQ ID NO:258 from Table 4 as described in Figure 11 ;S-35, LDL from mice injected with SEQ ID NO:282 as described in Figure 9. # p<0.001. [0089] Figure 13 shows serum Amyloid A (SAA) plasma levels after injection of peptides. SAA levels in plasma were measured 24 hours after injection of the peptides described in Figures 11 and 12. * p < 0.001. 20 [0090] Figure 14 shows that SEQ ID NO:258 from Table 4 when synthesized from all L-amino acids and given orally converts pro-inflammatory HDL from apoE null mice to anti-inflammatory HDL. Female, 3 month old apoE null mice, (n=4), were given 200 micrograms in water of the peptide described as SEQ ID NO:258 from Table 4, which was synthesized from all L-amino acids (designated S-11 in the figure). The peptide or water 25 without peptide was administered by stomach tube and the mice were bled 4 hours later. A second group of four mice were given access to standard mouse chow in powdered form and containing 200 micrograms of the S-11, which was synthesized from all L-amino acids and added perl.0 gram of powdered mouse chow in a total of 4 grams of powdered mouse chow containing a total of 800 micrograms of the peptide for the cage of four mice 30 or they were given the same powdered mouse chow without peptide. The chow was available to the mice overnight and by morning the chow was consumed and the mice -27- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 were bled. Plasma was separated and HDL was isolated by FPLC. HDL inflammatory / anti-inflammatory properties were then determined. Cultures of human aortic endothelial cells received medium alone (No Addition/Assay Controls), standard normal human LDL at 100 ptgm/mL cholesterol without (LDL/Assay Controls) or together with standard 5 control human HDL (LDL+Cont.HDL/Assay Controls) at 50 pgm/mL cholesterol, or control human LDL at 100 pgm/mL cholesterol with mouse HDL at 50 pgm/mL cholesterol obtained from mice that received no peptide (LDL+ No Peptide HDL) or L-S 11 (LDL+L-S-1 1 HDL) by stomach tube (By gastric gavage) or in the mouse chow (Powdered diet). The cultures were incubated for 8 hrs. The supernatants were then 10 assayed for monocyte chemotactic activity. The values are mean +/- SD of the number of migrated monocytes in 9 high power fields. p<0.001. [0091] Figure 15 shows that L-S-11,'when synthesized from all L-amino acids and given orally increased plasma paraoxonase activity. The plasma from the mice described in Figure 14 was assayed for paraoxonase activity (PON Activity, which is shown in the 15 figure as Units per 500 pl of plasma). No peptide, mice that received water or food alone without peptide. L-S- 11, mice given 200 micrograms in water or food of the peptide described as SEQ ID NO:256 from Table 4 as described in Figure 14. P<0.001. [0092] Figure 16 shows that SEQ ID NO:238 (designated D-1) and SEQ ID NO:258 (designated D- 11) from Table 4 when synthesized from all D-amino acids and 20 given orally renders HDL anti-inflammatory in apoE null mice but SEQ ID NO:238, when synthesized from all L-amino acids (L-1) and given orally did not. Female, 3 month old apoE null mice, (n=4), were given access to standard mouse chow in powdered form and containing 0.5 milligram of each peptide added perl.0 gram of powdered mouse chow in a total of 4 grams of powdered mouse chow containing a total of 2.0 milligrams of the 25 peptide for the cage of four mice or they were given the same powdered mouse chow without peptide. The chow was available to the mice for 24 hrs at which time the chow was consumed and the mice were bled. Plasma was separated and HDL was isolated by FPLC. Cultures of human aortic endothelial cells received medium alone (No Addition/Assay Controls), standard normal human LDL at 100 pgm/mL cholesterol 30 without (LDL/Assay Controls) or together with standard control human HDL (LDL+Control HDL/Assay Controls) at 50 pgm/nL cholesterol, or control human LDL at -28- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 100 ptgm/mL cholesterol was added with mouse HDL at 50 pgm/mL cholesterol obtained from mice that received no peptide (LDL+ No Pep. HDL), or SEQ ID NO:238 made from all L-amino acids (LDL+L-1 HDL),or SEQ ID NO:238 made from all D-amino acids (LDL+D-1 HDL) or SEQ ID NO:258 made from all D-amino acids (LDL+D- 11 HDL). 5 The cultures were incubated for 8 hrs. The supernatants were then assayed for monocyte chemotactic activity. The values are mean +/- SD of the number of migrated monocytes in 9 high power fields. * indicates p<0.01 and ** indicates p<0.001. [0093] Figure 17 shows that SEQ ID NO:238 (D-1) and SEQ ID NO:258 (D-1 1) from Table 4 when synthesized from all D-amino acids and given orally renders HDL 10 anti-inflammatory and reduces LDL-induced monocyte chemotactic activity in apoE null mice but SEQ ID NO:238, when synthesized from all L-amino acids and given orally, did not. Plasma from the mice described in Figure 16 was separated and HDL and LDL were isolated by FPLC. Cultures of human aortic endothelial cells received medium alone (No Addition/Assay Controls), standard normal human LDL at 100 ggm/mL cholesterol 15 without (LDL/Assay Controls) or together with standard control human HDL (LDL+Control HDL/Assay Controls) at 50 [tgm/mL cholesterol, or autologous mouse LDL at 100 pgm/mL cholesterol alone (mLDL) or with mouse HDL at 50 ggm/mL cholesterol obtained from mice that received no peptide (mLDL+ No Pep. HDL),or SEQ ID NO:238 made from all L-amino acids (mLDL+L-1 HDL), or SEQ ID NO:238 made 20 from all D-amino acids (mLDL+D-1 HDL) or SEQ ID NO:258 made from all D-amino acids (mLDL+D-1 1 HDL). The cultures were incubated for 8 hrs. The supernatants were then assayed for monocyte chemotactic activity. The values are mean +/- SD of the number of migrated monocytes in 9 high power fields. * indicates p<0.05, ** indicates p<0.01 and *** indicates p<O. 001. 25 [0094] Figure 18 shows that SEQ ID NO:258 from Table 4 synthesized from all D amino acids (D- 11), when given orally to mice, raised HDL cholesterol concentrations while giving SEQ ID NO:238 synthesized from either L- or D-amino acids (L-lor D-1, respectively) orally did not. Plasma HDL-cholesterol concentrations from the mice that are described in Figures 16 and 17 were determined. No Peptide HDL, plasma HDL 30 cholesterol in mice that received no peptide; L-1 HDL, plasma HDL-cholesterol in mice that received SEQ ID NO:238 synthesized from L-amino acids; D-1 HDL, plasma HDL -29- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 cholesterol in mice that received SEQ ID NO:238 synthesized from D-amino acids; D-11 HDL, plasma HDL-cholesterol in mice that received SEQ ID NO:258 synthesized from D amino acids. *indicates p<0.001. [0095] Figure 19 shows that SEQ ID NO:258 from Table 4 synthesized from all D 5 amino acids (D- 11) when given orally to mice raised HDL paraoxonase (PON) activity while giving SEQ ID NO:238 synthesized from either L- or D- amino acids (L-1, D-1, respectively) orally did not. Paraoxonase activity in the HDL described in Figure 18 was determined. The values are activity per 500 microliters of plasma. *indicates p<0.001. [0096] Figure 20 shows that pravastatin and D-4F act synergistically to reduce 10 aortic lesions as determine in en face preparations in apoE null mice. Five week old female apoE null mice were given in their drinking water either no additions (water control), pravastatin 50 sg/ml, pravastatin 20 [tg/ml or D-4F 2 pg/ml, or D-4F 5 tg/ml, or pravastatin (PRAVA.) 20 [ig/ml together with D-4F 2 Ig/ml, or pravastatin (PRAVA.) 50 pg/ml together with D-4F 5 ptg/ml. After 11 weeks the mice were sacrificed and lesions 15 determined in en face aortic preparations. [00971 Figure 21 shows that pravastatin and D-4F act synergistically to reduce aortic sinus lesions in apoE null mice. Five week old female apoE null mice were given in their drinking water either no additions (water control), pravastatin 50 ptg/ml, pravastatin 20 jig/ml or D-4F 2 Rg/ml, or D-4F 5 pg/ml, or pravastatin (P) 50 jg/ml together with D 20 4F 5 stg/ml, or pravastatin (P) 20 Rg/ml together with D-4F 2 jig/ml. After 11 weeks the mice were sacrificed and aortic sinus lesions were determined. [0098] Figure 22 shows that D-4F and SEQ ID NO:242 and SEQ ID NO:258 from Table 4 dramatically reduce lipoprotein lipid hydroperoxides in apoE null mice. Fifty jig/gm of SEQ ID NO:242 (D-198 in the drawing) or SEQ ID NO:258 (D-203 in the 25 drawing) or D-4F (the peptides were synthesized from all D-amino acids) were added to the chow of apoE null mice or the mice were continued on chow without additions (None). Eighteen hours later the mice were bled, their plasma fractionated by FPLC and the lipid hydroperoxide (LOOH) content of their low density lipoproteins (LDL) and high density lipoproteins (BDL) were determined. *indicates p<0.01. -30- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 [00991 Figure 23 shows the solubility of peptides in ethyl acetate. SEQ ID NO 254: Boc-Lys(sBoc)-Glu-Arg-Ser(tBu)-OtBu; and SEQ ID NO 258: Boc-Lys(sBoc)-Arg Glu-Ser(tBu)-OtBu. Also shown is the solubility in ethyl acetate of SEQ ID NO: 250. [0100] Figure 24 SEQ ID NO:258 forms 7.5 nm particles when mixed with DMPC 5 in an aqueous environment. To 1mg/ml of DMPC suspension in phosphate buffered saline (PBS) was added 10% deoxycholate until the DMPC was dissolved. SEQ ID NO:258 or SEQ ID NO:254 were added (DMPC: peptide; 1:10; wt:wt) and the reaction mixture dialyzed. After dialysis the solution remained clear with SEQ ID NO:258 but was turbid after the deoxycholate was removed by dialysis in the case of SEQ ID NQ:254. The figure 10 is an electron micrograph prepared with negative staining and at 147,420x magnification. The arrows indicate SEQ ID NO:258 particles measuring 7.5 nm (they appear as small white particles). [0101] Figure 25 SEQ ID NO:258 added to DMPC in an aqueous environment forms particles with a diameter of approximately 7.5 nm (large open), and stacked lipid 15 peptide bilayers (large striped arrow) (small arrows pointing to the white lines in the cylindrical stack of disks) with a bilayer dimension on the order of 3.4 to 4.1 nm with spacing between the bilayers (black lines between white lines in the stack of disks) of approximately 2 nm. The conditions and magnifications are the same as described in Figure 24. 20 [01021 Figure 26 shows that the peptide of SEQ ID NO:258added to DMPC in an aqueous environment forms stacked lipid-peptide bilayers (striped arrow) and vesicular structures of approximately 38 nm white arrows). [0103] Figure 27 shows that DMPC in an aqueous environment without SEQ ID NO:258 does not form particles with a diameter of approximately 7.5 nm, or stacked lipid 25 peptide bilayers, nor vesicular structures of approximately 38 nm. The DMPC vesicles shown are 12.5 - 14 nm. The conditions and magnifications are the same as described in Figure 24. [0104] Figure 28 shows a molecular model of the peptide of SEQ ID NO:254 compared to the peptide of SEQ ID NO:258. Red represents oxygen, blue represents 30 nitrogen, gray represents carbon, and white represents hydrogen molecules. -31- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 [0105] Figure 29 shows a space-filling molecule model of SEQ ID NO:254 compared to SEQ ID NO:258. The arrows in this space filling molecular model identify the polar and non-polar portions of the molecules. The color code is the same as in Figure 28. 5 [0106] Figure 30 illustrates peptide backbones (in the bottom panels) for the orientations given in the top panels. [0107] Figure 31 shows molecular models of SEQ ID NO:254 compared to SEQ ID NO:258 identifying the Ser(tBu)-OtBu groups. The color code is as in Figure 28. [0108] Figure 32 shows molecular models of SEQ ID NO:254 compared to SEQ 10 ID NO 258 identifying various blocking groups. The color code is as in Figure 28. [0109] Figure 33 shows that SEQ ID NO:258 (but not SEQ ID NO:254) renders apoE null HDL anti-inflammatory. [0110] Figure 34 shows that SEQ ID NO:258 but not SEQ ID NO:254, significantly decreases aortic root atherosclerosis in apoE null mice. The aortic root 15 (aortic sinus) lesion score was determined in the apoE null mice described in Figure 33. The number of mice in each group is shown (n=) at the bottom of the figure and a representative section for each group is shown at the top of the figure. [01111 Figure 35 shows that SEQ ID NO:258 but not SEQ ID NO:254 significantly decreases aortic atherosclerosis in en face preparations in apoE null mice. 20 The percent aortic surface containing atherosclerotic lesions was determined in en face preparations in the apoE null mice described in Figure 33. The number of mice in each group is shown (n=) at the bottom of the left panel and a representative aorta for mice fed chow alone or chow supplemented with. SEQ ID NO:258 is shown in the right panel. [0112] Figure 36 shows that SEQ ID NO:250 synthesized from all L-amino acids 25 significantly decreases atherosclerosis. ApoE null mice (20 per group) were maintained on a chow diet (Chow) or on chow supplemented with 200 pg/gm chow of SEQ ID NO:250 (250) synthesized from all L-amino acids. After 12 weeks the mice were sacrificed and the % Aortic Surface Area with Lesions was determined in en face preparations. * p = 0.012 -32- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 DETAILED DESCRIPTION [0113] This invention pertains to the discovery that synthetic peptides designed to mimic the class A amphipathic helical motif (Segrest et al. (1990) Proteins: Structure, Function, and Genetics 8: 103-117) are able to associate with phospholipids and exhibit 5 many biological properties similar to human apo-A-I. In particular, it was a discovery of this invention that when such peptides are formulated using D amino acids, the peptides show dramatically elevated serum half-lives and, particularly when the amino and/or carboxy termini are blocked, can even be orally administered. [0114] It was also a surprising discovery that these peptides can stimulate the 10 formation and cycling of pre-beta high density lipoprotein-like particles. In addition, the peptides are capable of enhancing/synergizing the effect of statins allowing statins to be administered as significantly lower dosages or to be significantly more anti-inflammatory at any given dose. It was also discovered that the peptides described herein can inhibit and/or prevent and/or treat one or more symptoms of osteoporosis. The peptides can also 15 increase pre-beta HDL; and/or increase HDL paroxynase activity. [0115] Moreover, it was a surprising discovery of this invention that such D-form peptides retain the biological activity of the corresponding L-form peptide. In vivo animal studies using such D-form peptides showed effective oral delivery, elevated serum half life, and the ability to mitigate or prevent/inhibit one or more symptoms of atherosclerosis. 20 [0116] It was also a surprising discovery that certain small peptides consisting of a minimum of two amino acids, or pairs of single amino acids, preferentially (but not necessarily) with one or more of the amino acids being the D-sterioisomer of the amino acid, and possessing hydrophobic domains to permit lipid protein interactions, and hydrophilic domains to permit a degree of water solubility also possess significant anti 25 inflammatory properties. Without being bound to a particular theory, it is believed that the peptides, or pairs of amino acids, described herein bind the "seeding molecules" required for the formation of pro-inflammatory oxidized phospholipids such as Ox-PAPC, POVPC, PGPC, and PEIPC. Since many inflammatory conditions are mediated at least in part by oxidized lipids, we believe that the peptides, or pairs of amino acids, of this invention are 30 effective in ameliorating conditions that are known or suspected to be due to the formation of biologically active oxidized lipids. These include, but are not limited to atherosclerosis, -33- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 rheumatoid arthritis, lupus erythematous, polyarteritis nodosa, multiple sclerosis, asthma, diabetes, Alzheimer's disease, and osteoporosis. The "small peptides" typically range in length from 2 or 3 amino acids to about 15 amino acids, more preferably from about 4 amino acids to about 10 or 11 amino acids, and most preferably from about 4 to about 8 or 5 10 amino acids. The peptides are typically characterized by having hydrophobic terminal amino acids or terminal amino acids rendered hydrophobic by the attachment of one or more hydrophobic "protecting" groups. The internal structures of the peptides are described in more detail herein. [0117] In addition, it was a surprising finding of this invention that a number of 10 physical properties predict the ability of the small peptides (e.g., less than 10 amino acids, perferably less than 8 amino acids, more preferably from about 2 or 3 to about 5 or 6 amino acids) , or pairs of amino acids, of this invention to render HDL more anti inflammatory and to mitigate atherosclerosis and/or other pathologies characterized by an inflammatory response in a mammal. The physical properties include high solubility in 15 ethyl acetate (e.g., greater than about 4mg/mL), and solubility in aqueous buffer at pH 7.0. Upon contacting phospholipids such as 1,2-Dimyristoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DMPC), in an aqueous environment, the particularly effective small peptides form particles with a diameter of approximately 7.5 nm (±0.1 nm), and/or form stacked bilayers with a bilayer dimension on the order of 3.4 to 4.1 nm with spacing between the bilayers 20 in the stack of approximately 2 nm, and/or also form vesicular structures of approximately 38 nm). In certain preferred embodiments, the small peptides, or pairs of amino acids, have a molecular weight of less than about 900 Da. . Stimulating the formation and cycling of pre-beta high density lipoprotein 25 like particles. [0118] Reverse cholesterol transport is considered to be important in preventing the build up of lipids that predisposes to atherosclerosis (Shah et al. (2001) Circulation, 103: 3047-3050.) Many have believed the lipid of consequence is cholesterol. Our laboratory has shown that the key lipids are oxidized phospholipids that initiate the 30 inflammatory response in atherosclerosis (Navab et al. (2001) Arterioscler Thromb Vasc -34- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 Biol., 21(4): 481-488; Van Lenten et al. (001) Trends Cardiovasc Med, 11: 155-161; Navab M et al. (2001) Circulation, 104: 2386-2387). [0119] This inflammatory response is also likely responsible for plaque erosion or rupture that leads to heart attack and stroke. HDL-cholesterol levels are inversely 5 correlated with risk for heart attack and stroke (Downs et al. (1998) JAMA 279: 1615 1622; Gordon et al. (1977) Am J Med., 62: 707-714; Castelli et al. (1986) JAMA, 256: 2835-2838). [0120] Pre-beta HDL is generally considered to be the most active HDL fraction in promoting reverse cholesterol transport (e.g., picking up cholesterol from peripheral 10 tissues such as arteries and carrying it to the liver for excretion into the bile; see, Fielding and Fielding (2001) Biochin Biophys Acta, 1533(3): 175-189). However, levels of pre beta HDL can be increased because of a failure of the pre-beta HDL to be cycled into mature alpha-migrating HDL e.g., LCAT deficiency or inhibition (O'Connor et al. (1998) J Lipid Res, 39: 670-678). High levels of pre-beta HDL have been reported in coronary 15 artery disease patients (Miida et al. (1996) Clin Chem., 42: 1992-1995). [0121] Moreover, men have been found to have higher levels of pre-beta HDL than women but the risk of men for coronary heart disease is greater than for women (O'Connor et al. (1998) J Lipid Res., 39: 670-678). Thus, static measurements of pre-beta HDL levels themselves are not necessarily predictive of risk for coronary artery disease. 20 The cycling, however, of cholesterol through pre-beta HDL into mature HDL is universally considered to be protective against atherosclerosis (Fielding and Fielding (2001) Biochim Biophys Acta, 1533(3): 175-189). Moreover, we have demonstrated that the removal of oxidized lipids from artery wall cells through this pathway protects against LDL oxidation. 25 [0122] Despite relatively low absorption rates when orally administered, the peptides of this invention (e.g., D-4F) were highly active. [0123] In studies of Apo-E null mice orally administered D-4F, we determined that 20 min after absorption from the intestine, D-4F forms small pre-beta HDL-like particles that contain relatively high amounts of apoA-I and paraoxonase. Indeed, estimating the 30 amount of apoA-I in these pre-beta HDL-like particles from Western blots and comparing the amount of apoA-I to the amount of D-4F in these particles (determined by -35- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 radioactivity or LC-MRM) suggests that as D-4F is absorbed from the intestine, it acts as a catalyst causing the formation of these pre-beta HDL-like particles. This small amount of intestinally derived D-4F appears to recruit amounts of apoA-I, paraoxonase, and cholesterol into these particles that are orders of magnitude more than the amount of D-4F 5 (see, e.g., Navab et al. (2004) Circulation, 109: r120-r125). [0124] Thus, following absorption, D-4F, and other peptides, or pairs of amino acids, of this invention, rapidly recruit relatively large amounts of apoA-I and paraoxonase to form pre-beta HDL-like particles which are very likely the most potent particles for both promoting reverse cholesterol transport and for destroying biologically active 10 oxidized lipids. We believe that the formation of these particles and their subsequent rapid incorporation into mature HDL likely explains the dramatic reduction in atherosclerosis that we observed in LDL receptor null mice on a Western diet and in apoE-null mice on a chow diet independent of changes in plasma cholesterol or HDL-cholesterol (Id.). [0125] Thus, in one embodiment, this invention provides methods of stimulating 15 the formation and cycling of pre-beta high density lipoprotein-like particles by administration of one or more peptides, or pairs of amino acids, as described herein. The peptides, or pairs of amino acids, can thereby promote lipid transport and detoxification. I. Mitigation of a symptom of atherosclerosis. [0126] We discovered that normal HDL inhibits three steps in the formation of 20 mildly oxidized LDL. In those studies (see, copending application USSN 09/541,468, filed on March 31, 2000) we demonstrated that treating human LDL in vitro with apo A-I or an apo A-I mimetic peptide (37pA) removed seeding molecules from the LDL that included HPODE and HPETE. These seeding molecules were required for cocultures of human artery wall cells to be able to oxidize LDL and for the LDL to induce the artery 25 wall cells to produce monocyte chemotactic activity. We also demonstrated that after injection of apo A-I into mice or infusion into humans, the LDL isolated from the mice or human volunteers after injection/infusion of apo A-I was resistant to oxidation by human artery wall cells and did not induce monocyte chemotactic activity in the artery wall cell cocultures. -36- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 [0127] The protective function of certain peptides of this invention is illustrated in the parent applications (09/645,454, filed August 24, 2000, 09/896,841, filed June 29, 2001, and WO 02/15923 (PCT/US01/26497), filed June 29, 2001, see, e.g., Figures 1-5 in WO 02/15923. Figure 1, panels A, B, C, and D in WO 02/15923 show the association of 5 14 C-D-5F with blood components in an ApoE null mouse. It is also demonstrated that HDL from mice that were fed an atherogenic diet and injected with PBS failed to inhibit the oxidation of human LDL and failed to inhibit LDL-induced monocyte chemotactic activity in human artery wall coculures. In contrast, HDL from mice fed an atherogenic diet and injected daily with peptides described herein was as effective in inhibiting human 10 LDL oxidation and preventing LDL-induced monocyte chemotactic activity in the cocultures as was normal human HDL (Figures 2A and 2B in WO 02/15923). In addition, LDL taken from mice fed the atherogenic diet and injected daily with PBS was more readily oxidized and more readily induced monocyte chemotactic activity than LDL taken from mice fed the same diet but injected with 20 ptg daily of peptide 5F. The D peptide 15 did not appear to be immunogenic (Figure 4 in WO 02/15923). [0128] The in vitro responses of human artery wall cells to HDL and LDL from mice fed the atherogenic diet and injected with a peptide according to this invention are consistent with the protective action shown by such peptides in vivo. Despite, similar levels of total cholesterol, LDL-cholesterol, IDL+VLDL-cholesterol, and lower HDL 20 cholesterol as a percent of total cholesterol, the animals fed the atherogenic diet and injected with the peptide had significantly lower lesion scores (Figure 5 in WO 02/15923). The peptides thus prevented progression of atherosclerotic lesions in mice fed an atherogenic diet. [0129] Thus, in one embodiment, this invention provides methods for ameliorating 25 and/or preventing one or more symptoms of atherosclerosis and/or other conditions characterized by an inflammatory response. III. Miti2ation of a symptom of atheroscloerosis associated with an acute inflammatory response. [0130] The peptides, or pairs of amino acids, of this invention are also useful in a 30 number of contexts. For example, we have observed that cardiovascular complications (e.g., atherosclerosis, stroke, etc.) frequently accompany or follow the onset of an acute -37- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 phase inflammatory response. Such an acute phase inflammatory response is often associated with a recurrent inflammatory disease (e.g., leprosy, tuberculosis, systemic lupus erythematosus, and rheumatoid arthritis), a viral infection (e.g., influenza), a bacterial infection, a fungal infection, an organ transplant, a wound or other trauma, an 5 implanted prosthesis, a biofilm, and the like. [0131] It was a surprising discovery of this invention that administration of one or more of the peptides described herein, can reduce or prevent the formation of oxidized phospholipids during or following an acute phase response and thereby mitigate or eliminate cardiovascular complications associated with such a condition. 10 [0132] Thus, for example, we have demonstrated that a consequence of influenza infection is the diminution in paraoxonase and platelet activating acetyihydrolase activity in the HDL. Without being bound by a particular theory, we believe that, as a result of the loss of these HDL enzymatic activities and also as a result of the association of pro oxidant proteins with HDL during the acute phase response, HDL is no longer able to 15 prevent LDL oxidation and was no longer able to prevent the LDL-induced production of monocyte chemotactic activity by endothelial cells. [0133] We observed that in a subject injected with very low dosages of the polypeptides of this invention (e.g., 20 micrograms for mice) daily after infection with the influenza A virus paraoxonase levels did not fall and the biologically active oxidized 20 phospholipids were not generated beyond background. This indicates that D-4F (and/or other peptides of this invention) can be administered (e.g., orally or by injection) to patients with known coronary artery disease during influenza infection or other events that can generate an acute phase inflammatory response (e.g., due to viral infection, bacterial infection, trauma, transplant, various autoimmune conditions, etc.) and thus we can 25 prevent by this short term treatment the increased incidence of heart attack and stroke associated with pathologies that generate such inflammatory states. [0134] Thus, in certain embodiments, this invention contemplates administering one or more of the peptides, or pairs of amino acids, of this invention to a subject at risk for, or incurring, an acute inflammatory response and/or at risk for or incurring a symptom 30 of atherosclerosis. -38- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 [0135] Thus, for example, a person having or at risk for coronary disease may prophylactically be administered a polypeptide, or pair of amino acids, of this invention during flu season. A person (or animal) subject to a recurrent inflammatory condition, e.g., rheumatoid arthritis, various autoimmune diseases, etc., can be treated with a 5 polypeptide of this invention to mitigate or prevent the development of atherosclerosis or stroke. A person (or animal) subject to trauma, e.g., acute injury, tissue transplant, etc. can be treated with a polypeptide of this invention to mitigate the development of atherosclerosis or stroke. [0136] In certain instances such methods will entail a diagnosis of the occurrence 10 or risk of an acute inflammatory response. The acute inflammatory response typically involves alterations in metabolism and gene regulation in the liver. It is a dynamic homeostatic process that involves all of the major systems of the body, in addition to the immune, cardiovascular and central nervous system. Normally, the acute phase response lasts only a few days; however, in cases of chronic or recurring inflammation, an aberrant 15 continuation of some aspects of the acute phase response may contribute to the underlying tissue damage that accompanies the disease, and may also lead to further complications, for example cardiovascular diseases or protein deposition diseases such as amyloidosis. [0137] An important aspect of the acute phase response is the radically altered biosynthetic profile of the liver. Under normal circumstances, the liver synthesizes a 20 characteristic range of plasma proteins at steady state concentrations. Many of these proteins have important functions and higher plasma levels of these acute phase reactants (APRs) or acute phase proteins (APPs) are required during the acute phase response following an inflammatory stimulus. Although most APRs are synthesized by hepatocytes, some are produced by other cell types, including monocytes, endothelial 25 cells, fibroblasts and adipocytes. Most APRs are induced between 50% and several-fold over normal levels. In contrast, the major APRs can increase to 1000-fold over normal levels. This group includes serum amyloid A (SAA) and either C-reactive protein (CRP) in humans or its homologue in mice, serum amyloid P component (SAP). So-called negative APRs are decreased in plasma concentration during the acute phase response to 30 allow an increase in the capacity of the liver to synthesize the induced APRs. -39- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 [0138] In certain embodiments, the acute phase response, or risk therefore is evaluated by measuring one or more APPs. Measuring such markers is well known to those of skill in the art, and commercial companies exist that provide such measurement (e.g., AGP measured by Cardiotech Services, Louisville, KY). 5 IV. Synergizing the activity of statins. [0139] It was also discovered that, adding a low dosage of D-4F (1 ptg/ml) to the drinking water of apoE null mice for 24 hours did not significantly improve HDL function (see, e.g., related application USSN 10/423,830). In addition, adding 0.05 mg/ml of atorvastatin or pravastatin alone to the drinking water of the apoE null mice for 24 hours 10 did not improve HDL function. However, when D-4F 1 pug/ml was added to the drinking water together with 0.05 mg/ml of atorvastatin or pravastatin there was a significant improvement in HDL function). Indeed the pro-inflammatory apoE null HDL became as anti-inflammatory as 350 stg/ml of normal human EDL (h, HDL see, e.g., related application USSN 10/423,830). 15 [0140] Thus, doses of D-4F alone, or statins alone, which by themselves had no effect on HDL function when given together acted synergistically. When D-4F and a statin were given together to apo E null mice, their pro-inflammatory HDL at 50 Rg/ml of HDL-cholesterol became as effective as normal human HDL at 350 jLg/ml of HDL cholesterol in preventing the inflammatory response induced by the action of HPODE 20 oxidizing PAPC in cocultures of human artery wall cells. [0141] Thus, in certain embodiments this invention provides methods for enhancing the activity of statins. The methods generally involve administering one or more peptides, or pairs of amino acids, as described herein concurrently with one or more statins. The D-4F or other similar peptides as described herein achieve synergistic action 25 between the statin and the orally peptide(s) to ameliorate atherosclerosis. In this context statins can be administered at significantly lower dosages thereby avoiding various harmful side effects (e.g., muscle wasting) associated with high dosage statin use and/or the anti-inflammatory properties of statins at any given dose are significantly enhanced. -40- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 V. Inhibiting/treating osteoporosis.7 [0142] Vascular calcification and osteoporosis often co-exist in the same subjects (Ouchi et al. (1993) Ann NYAcad Sci., 676: 297-307; Boukhris and Becker ('1972) JAMA, 219: 1307-1311; Banks et al. (1994) Eur J Clin Invest., 24: 813-817; Laroche et al. 5 (1994) Clin Rheumatol., 13: 611-614; Broulik and Kapitola (1993) Endocr Regul., 27: 57 60; Frye et al. (1992) Bone Mine., 19: 185-194; Barengolts et al. (1998) Calcif Tissue Int., 62: 209-213; Burnett and Vasikaran (2002) Ann Clin Biochen., 39: 203-210. Parhami et al. (1997) Arterioscl Thromb Vasc Biol., 17: 680-687, demonstrated that mildly oxidized LDL (MM-LDL) and the biologically active lipids in MM-LDL [i.e. oxidized 1-palmitoyl 10 2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphorylcholine) (Ox-PAPC)], as well as the isoprostane, 8-iso prostaglandin E 2 , but not the unoxidized phospholipid (PAPC) or isoprostane 8-iso progstaglandin F2a induced alkaline phosphatase activity and osteoblastic differentiation of calcifying vascular cells (CVCs) in vitro, but inhibited the differentiation of MC3T3 El bone cells. 15 [0143] The osteon resembles the artery wall in that the osteon is centered on an endothelial cell-lined lumen surrounded by a subendothelial space containing matrix and fibroblast-like cells, which is in turn surrounded by preosteoblasts and osteoblasts occupying a position analogous to smooth muscle cells in the artery wall (Id.). Trabecular bone osteoblasts also interface with bone marrow subendothelial spaces (Id.). Parhami et 20 al. postulated that lipoproteins could cross the endothelium of bone arteries and be deposited in the subendothelial space where they could undergo oxidation as in coronary arteries (Id.). Based on their in vitro data they predicted that LDL oxidation in the subendothelial space of bone arteries and in bone marrow would lead to reduced osteoblastic differentiation and mineralization which would contribute to osteoporosis 25 (Id.). Their hypothesis further predicted that LDL levels would be positively correlated with osteoporosis as they are with coronary calcification (Pohle et al. (2001) Circulation, 104: 1927-1932), but HDL levels would be negatively correlated with osteoporosis (Parhami et al. (1997) Arterioscl Thronb Vasc Biol., 17: 680-687). [0144] In vitro, the osteoblastic differentiation of the marrow stromal cell line M2 30 10B4 was inhibited by MM-LDL but not native LDL (Parhami et al. (1999) JBone Miner Res., 14: 2067-2078). When marrow stromal cells from atherosclerosis susceptible -41- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 C57BL/6 (BL6) mice fed a low fat chow diet were cultured there was robust osteogenic differentiation (Id.). In contrast, when the marrow stromal cells taken from the mice after a high fat, atherogenic diet were cultured they did not undergo osteogenic differentiation (Id.). This observation is particularly important since it provides a possible explanation for 5 the decreased osteogenic potential of marrow stromal cells in the development of osteoporosis (Nuttall and Gimble (2000) Bone, 27: 177-184). In vivo the decrease in osteogenic potential is accompanied by an increase in adipogenesis in osteoporotic bone (Id.). [0145] It was found that adding D-4F to the drinking water of apoE null mice for 6 10 weeks dramatically increased trabecular bone mineral density and it is believed that the other peptides of this invention will act similarly.. [01461 Our data indicate that osteoporosis can be regarded as an "atherosclerosis of bone". It appears to be a result of the action of oxidized lipids. HDL destroys these oxidized lipids and promotes osteoblastic differentiation. Our datat indicate that 15 administering peptide(s) of this invention to a mammal (e.g., in the drinking water of apoE null mice) dramatically increases trabecular bone in just a matter of weeks. [0147] This indicates that the peptides, or pairs of amino acids, described herein are useful for mitigation one or more symptoms of osteoporosis (e.g., for inhibiting decalcification) or for inducing recalcification of osteoporotic bone. The peptides are also 20 useful as prophylactics to prevent the onset of symptom(s) of osteoporosis in a mammal (e.g., a patient at risk for osteoporosis). [0148] We believe similar mechanisms are a cause of coronary calcification, e.g., calcific aortic stenosis. Thus, in certain embodiments, this invention contemplates the use of the peptides, or pairs of amino acids, described herein to inhibit or prevent a symptom 25 of a disease such as coronary calcification, calcific aortic stenosis, osteoporosis, and the like. V. Other indications. [0149] Without being bound to a particular theory, we also belive the peptides, or pairs of amino acids, described herein are useful, prophylactically or therapeutically, to 30 mitigate the onset and/or more or more symptoms of a variety of other conditions -42- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 including, but not limited to polymyalgia rheumatica, polyarteritis nodosa, scleroderma, lupus erythematosus, multiple sclerosis, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (e.g., asthma), Alzheimers Disease, AIDS, and diabetes. Typically, the peptides will be useful in mitigation a symptom caused by or associated with an 5 inflammatory response in these conditions. VII. Peptide/amino acid pair administration. [01501 The methods of this invention typically involve administering to an organism, preferably a mammal, more preferably a human one or more of the peptides, or pairs of amino acids, of this invention (or mimetics of such peptides, or pairs of amino 10 acids). The peptide(s), or pairs of amino acids, can be administered, as described herein, according to any of a number of standard methods including, but not limited to injection, suppository, inhalation (e.g., nasal spray, oral inhalation, etc.), time-release implant, transdermal patch, and the like. In one particularly preferred embodiment, the peptide(s) are administered orally (e.g., as a syrup, capsule, powder, gelcap, or tablet). 15 [0151] The methods can involve the administration of a single peptide or pair of amino acids of this invention or the administration of two or more different peptides or or pairs of amino acids. The peptides, or pairs of amino acids, can be provided as monomers or in dimeric, oligomeric or polymeric forms. In certain embodiments, the multimeric forms may comprise associated monomers (e.g., ionically or hydrophobically linked) 20 while certain other multimeric forms comprise covalently linked monomers (directly linked or through a linker). [01521 While the invention is described with respect to use in humans, it is also suitable for animal, e.g., veterinary use. Thus preferred organisms include, but are not limited to humans, non-human primates, canines, equines, felines, porcines, ungulates, 25 largomorphs, and the like. [0153] The methods of this invention are not limited to humans or non-human animals showing one or more symptom(s) of atherosclerosis (e.g., hypertension, plaque formation and rupture, reduction in clinical events such as heart attack, angina, or stroke, high levels of plasma cholesterol, high levels of low density lipoprotein, high levels of 30 very low density lipoprotein, or inflammatory proteins such as CRP, etc.), but are useful in -43- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 a prophylactic context. Thus, the peptides of this invention, or pairs of amino acids, (or mimetics thereof) can be administered to organisms to prevent the onset/development of one or more symptoms of atherosclerosis and/or one of the other indications described herein. Particularly preferred subjects in this context are subjects showing one or more 5 risk factors for atherosclerosis (e.g., family history, hypertension, obesity, high alcohol consumption, smoking, high blood cholesterol, high blood triglycerides, elevated blood LDL, VLDL, IDL, or low HDL, diabetes, or a family history of diabetes, high blood lipids, heart attack, angina or stroke, etc.) and/or one of the other conditions described herein. 10 [0154] In certain embodiments, the peptides, or pairs of amino acids, of this invention can also be administered to stimulate the formation and cycling of pre-beta high density lipoprotein-like particles and/or to promote reverse lipid transport and detoxification. [0155] The peptides, or pairs of amino acids, are also useful for administration in 15 conjunction with statins where they enhance (e.g., synergize) the activity of the statin at typically administered dosages and/or permit the statin(s) to be administered at lower dosages. [0156] In addition, the peptides, or pairs of amino acids, can be administered to reduce or eliminate one or more symptoms of osteoporosis and/or diabetes, and/or any of 20 the other conditions described herein, and/or to prevent/inhibit the onset of one or more symptoms of osteoporosis and/or any of the other indications described herein. VIII. Certain preferred peptides and their preparation. A) Class A amphipathic helical peptides. [0157] It was a discovery of this invention that peptides comprising a class A 25 amphipathic helix ("class A peptides"), are capable of mitigating one or more symptoms of atherosclerosis. Class A peptides are characterized by formation of an a-helix that produces a segregation of polar and non-polar residues thereby forming a polar and a nonpolar face with the positively charged residues residing at the polar-nonpolar interface and the negatively charged residues residing at the center of the polar face (see, e.g., 30 Anantharamaiah (1986) Meth. Enzyinol, 128: 626-668). It is noted that the fourth exon of -44- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 apo A-I, when folded into 3.667 residues/turn produces a class A amphipathic helical structure. [0158] One particularly preferred class A peptide, designated 18A (see, e.g., Anantharamaiah (1986) Meth. Enzynol, 128: 626-668) was modified as described herein 5 to produce peptides orally administratable and highly effective at inhibiting or preventing one or more symptoms of atherosclerosis. Without being bound by a particular theory, it is believed that the peptides of this invention may act in vivo may by picking up seeding molecule(s) that mitigate oxidation of LDL. [0159] We determined that increasing the number of Phe residues on the 10 hydrophobic face of 18A would theoretically increase lipid affinity as determined by the computation described by Palgunachari et al. (1996) Arteriosclerosis, Thrombosis, & Vascular Biology 16: 328-338. Theoretically, a systematic substitution of residues in the nonpolar face of 18A with Phe could yield six peptides. Peptides with an additional 2, 3 and 4 Phe would have theoretical lipid affinity (X) values of 13, 14 and 15 units, 15 respectively. However, the k values jumped four units if the additional Phe were increased from 4 to 5 (to 19 X units). Increasing to 6 or 7 Phe would produce a less dramatic increase (to 20 and 21 %. units, respectively). Therefore, we chose 5 additional Phe (and hence the peptides designation as 5F). In one particularly preferred embodiment, the 5F peptide was blocked in that the amino terminal residue was acetylated and the carboxyl 20 terminal residue was amidated. [0160] The new class A peptide analog, 5F, inhibited lesion development in atherosclerosis-susceptible mice. The new peptide analog, 5F, was compared with mouse apo A-I (MoA-I) for efficacy in inhibiting diet-induced atherosclerosis in these mice using peptide dosages based on the study by Levine et al. (Levine et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. 25 Acad. Sci. USA 90:12040-12044). [0161] A number of other class A peptides were also produced and showed varying, but significant degrees of efficacy in mitigating one or more symptoms of atherosclerosis. A number of such peptides are illustrated in Table 1. -45- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 [0162] Table 1. Illustrative ni imetics of the amphipathic helix of Apo A-I for use in this invention. Peptide Amino Acid Sequence SEQ ID Name NO. 18A D-W-L-K-A-F-YD-K-VAEKLKEAF 4 2F Ac-D-W-L-K-A-F-YDK-VAEKLKE-A-FNH2 5 3F Ac-D-W-F-K-A-F-YDK-VAEKLK-E-A-FH2 6 3F14 Ac-D-W-L-K-A-F-YDK-VAEKFKE-A-FNH2 7 4F Ac-DW-F-K-A-F-Y-D-K-V-A-E-K-F-K-EA-FNH2 8 5F Ac-D-W-L-K-A-FYDKVFEKF-K-EF-FNH2 9 6F Ac-DW-L-K-A-F-Y-DKFFEKFKE-FFH2 10 7F Ac-DW-F-K-A-F-Y-D-K-F-F-E-K-FKE-FNH2 11 Ac-D-WL-K-A-F-Y-D-K-V-A-E-K-L-K-EF-FNH2 12 Ac-DW-L-K-A-F-Y-D-K-V-F-EKFKE-A-FNH2 13 Ac-D-W-L-K-A-F-Y-D-K-VFEKLKE-F-FNH2 14 Ac-D-W-L-K-A-F-Y-D-K-V-A-E-KFKEFFNH2 15 Ac-D-W-L-K-A-F-Y-D-K-V-F-E-KFKEF-FNH2 16 Ac-E-W-L-K-L-F-Y-E-K-V-L-EKFKE-A-FNH2 17 AcEWLKAFYDKV---------H 18 Ac-EWL-K-A-F-Y-D-K-V-A-EKLKEF-FNH2 19 Ac-E-W-L-K-A-F-Y-D-K-V-F-E-K-F-KE-A-FNH2 20 Ac-E-W-L-K-A-F-Y-D-K-V-F-EKLKE-F-FNH2 21 Ac-E-W-L-K-A-F-Y-D-K-V-A-E-KF-K-E-F-FNH2 22 Ac-EW-L-K-A-F-Y-D-K-V-F-EKFKE-FFNH2 23 AC-A-F-Y-D-K-V-A-E-K-L-K-E-AF-NH2 24 Ac-A-F-Y-D-K-V-A--E-K--F-K-E-A-F-NH2 25 Ac-A-F-Y-D-K-V-A-E-K-F-KE-AFN2 26 Ac-A-F-Y-D-K-F-F-E-K-F-K-E-FF-NH2 27 Ac-A-F-Y-D-K-F-F-E-K-F-KE-F-FNH2 28 Ac-A-F-Y-D-K-V-A-E-K-F-KE-A-FNH2 29 Ac-A-F-Y-D-K-V-A-E-K-L-KEF-FNH2 30 Ac-A-F-Y-D-K-V-F-E-K-F-K--E-AF-NH2 31 Ac-A-F-Y-D-K-V-F-E-K-L-K-EFF-NH2 32 Ac-A-F-Y-D-K-V-A-E-K-FKEF-FH2 3 Ac-K-A-F-Y-D-K-V-F-E-K-F-K-EF-H2 34 Ac-L-F-Y-E-K-V-L-EKFKE-A-FNH2 35 Ac-A-F-Y-D-K-V-A-E-K-FK-EA-F-H2 36 Ac-A-F-Y-D-K-V-A-E-K-L-K-E-F-F-H2 37 Ac-A-F-Y-D-K-V-F-E-K-F-K-E-A-F-H2 38 -46- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 Ac-AFY-D-KV-F-E-KLKE-F-FNH2 3 Ac-A-F-Y-D-K-V-A-E-K-F-K-EF-FNH2 40 Ac-AFY-D-K-V-F-E-KFKE-F-FNH2 41 AcDWLKALYDKV---------H 42 ACDWFKAFYEKVAEKLKEFFN2 4 AcDWFKAFYEKFFEKFKEFFN2 4 AcEWLKALYEKVAEKLKEALN2 4 AcEWLKAFYEKV---------H 46 Ac-E-WF-K-A-F-Y-E-K-V-A-E-KLKEFFNH2 4 Ac-E-W-L-KA-FY-E-K-V-F-E-KFKEF-FNH2 48 Ac-EW-L-K-A-F-Y-E-K-F-FEKFKE-F-FNH2 4 Ac-EW-FK-A-F-YKFFKFKE-F-FNH2 50 Ac-D-F-L-K-A-W-Y-D-K-VAEK-L-KEA-WNH2 51 AC-E-F-L-K-A-W-Y-E-K-VAEKL-KE-A-WNH2 52 ACDFWKAWYDKVAEKLKEWWN2 5 AcEFWKAWYEKV---------H 54 AcDKLKAFYDKVFEWAKEAFN2 5 AcDKWKAVYDKF---------H 56 AcEKLKAFYEKVFEWAKEAFN2 5 Ac-E-KWK-A-V-Y-E-K-F-AEAFKE-F-LNH2 58 Ac-D-WLK-A-F-V-D-K-F-AEKFKE-A-YNH2 5 Ac -E-K-W-K-A-V-Y-E-K-F-A-E-A-FKE-F-LNH2 60 Ac-DWLK-A-F-V-Y-D-K-VFKLKE-F-FNH2 61 Ac-E-WLK-A-F-V-Y-E-KVFKLKE-F-FNH2 62 AcDWLRAFYDKV---------H 63 AcEWLRAFYEKV---------H 64 AcDWLKAFYDRV---------H 65 AcEWLKAFYERV---------H 66 Ac-DWL-K-A-F-Y-D-K-VAERLKE-A-FNH2 67 AcEWLKAFYEKV---------H 68 AcDWLKAFYDKV---------H 69 AcEWLKAFYEKV---------H 70 AcDWLKAFYDRV---------H 71 AcEWLKAFYERV---------H 72 AcDWLRAFYDKV---------H 73 Ac-E-WLR-A-F-Y-E-K-VAEKLREA-FNH2 7 AcDWLRAFYDRVAEKLKEAFN2 7 AcEWLRAFYERV---------H 76 AcDWLKAFYDKVAERLREAFN2 7 -47- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 AcEWLKAFYEKV---------H 78 AcDWLRAFYDKVAERLKEAFM2 7 Ac-E-WL-R-A-F-Y-E-K-V-AERLKE-A-FNH 2 80 D-WL-K-A-F-Y-D-K-V-A-E-K-L-KEAFP-DW 81 L-K-A-F-Y-D-K-V-A-E-K-L--EA-F D-W-L-K-A-F-Y-D-K-V-A-E-KLKEFF-PD-W 82 L-I{-A-F-Y-D-K-V-A-E-K-L-K-E-F-F D-WFK-A-F-Y-D-K-V-A-E-K-L-KEAFPD-W 83 F-K-A-F-Y-D-K-V-A-E--K-L-K-E-A-F D-K-L-K-A-F-Y-D-K-V-F-EWAKEAFPD-K 84 L-K--A-F -Y-D-K-V-F-B-W--L-K-E-A-F D-KW-K-A-V-Y-D-K-F-AAKEFLP-D-K 85 W-K-A-V-Y-D-K-F-A-E-A-F-K-EF-L D-WF-K-A-F-Y-D-K-V-A-E-KFKEAF-PD-W 86 F-K-A-F-Y-D-K-V-A-E-K-F-I{EAP D-W-L-K-A-F-V-Y-D-K-V-FKLKEFF2-D-W 87 L-K-A-F-V-Y-D-K-V-F-K-L--KEF-F D-WL-K-A-F-Y-D-K-F-A-E-K-F-K-EBFP-DW 88 L-K-A-F-Y-D-K--F-A-E-K-F-K-E-F-F Ac-E-W-F-K-A-F-Y-E-K-V-A-E-K-F-K-E-AF-NH2 89 Ac-D-W-F-K-A-F-Y-D-K-V-A-E--F-NH2 90 Ac-F-K-A-F-Y-D-K-V-A-EKF-K-ENH2 91 Ac -F-K-A-F-Y-E-K-V-A-E-K-F-j{-E-
NH
2 92 NMA-F-K-A-F-Y-D-K--V-A-E-K-F-K-ENH2 9 NNA-F-K-A-F-Y-E-K-V-A--E-K---E-NH2 94 NMADw-F-I-A-F-Y-r-K-V-A-E-K-F-K-E-A-F-NH2 9 NKA-B-W-F-K-A-F-Y-E-K-V-A-EKFKEA-FNH2 96 NMAA-F-Y-D-K-V-A-E-K-F-K-E-A-FNH2 9 NNA-D-W-F-K-A-F-Y-D-K-V-A-E--F-NH2 98 Ac-D-W-L-K-A-F-Y-D-K-FEKFKE-F-FNH2 99 NMA-D-W-L-KAF-Y-D-K-V-F-E-KF-KE-FFNlH2 Ac-E-WL-K-A-F-Y-E-K-V-F-E-K-F-KEF-FNH2 100 NMA-E-W-L-KA-F-Y-E-K-V-F-E-K-FK-EF-FNH2 Ac-A-F-Y--D-K-V-F-E-K--F-K-E-F-F-NH2 101 NMA-A-F-Y-D-K-V-F-E-K-F-K-E-F-F-NH2 Ac-A-F-Y--B-K-V-F-E-K-F-K-E-F-F-NH2 102 NMA-A-F-Y-E-K-V-F-E-K-F-K-E-F-F-NH2 Ac-D-W-L-K-A-F-Y-D-K-V-F-E-K-F-NH2 103 NMA-D-W-L-K-A-F-Y-D-K-V-F-E-K-F
-NH
2 Ac-E-W-L-K-A-F-Y-E-K-V-F-EK-FNH2 104 NMA-E-W-L-K-A-F-Y-E-K-V-F-E-K-h-NH2 -48- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 Ac-L-K-A-F-Y-D-K-V-F-E-K-F-K-E-NH2 105 NMA -L-K-A-F-Y-D-K-V-F-E-K-F-K-E-NH2 Ac-L-K-A-F-Y-E-K-V-F-E-K-F-K-E-NH2 106 NMA-L-K-A-F-Y-E-K-V-F-E-K-F-K-E-NH2 'Linkers are underlined. NMA is N-Methyl Anthranilyl. [0163] In certain preferred embodiments, the peptides include variations of 4F 5 (SEQ ID NO:8 in Table 1) or D-4F where one or both aspartic acids (D) are replaced by glutamic acid (E). Also contemplated are peptides (e.g., 4F or D-4F) where 1, 2, 3, or 4 amino acids are deleted from the carboxyl terminus and/or 1, 2, 3, or 4 amino acids are deleted from the carboxyl terminus and/or one or both aspartic acids (D) are replaced by glutamic acid (E). In any of the peptides described herein, the N-terminus can be blocked 10 and labeled using a mantyl moiety (e.g., N-methylanthranilyl). [01641 While various peptides of Table 1, are illustrated with an acetyl group or an N-methylanthranilyl group protecting the amino terminus and an amide group protecting the carboxyl terminus, any of these protecting groups may be eliminated and/or substituted with another protecting group as described herein. In particularly preferred embodiments, 15 the peptides comprise one or more D-form amino acids as described herein. In certain embodiments, every amino acid (e.g., every enantiomeric amino acid) of the peptides of Table 1 is a D-form amino acid. [0165] It is also noted that Table Table 1 is not fully inclusive. Using the teaching provided herein, other suitable class A amphipathic helical peptides can routinely be 20 produced (e.g., by conservative or semi-conservative substitutions (e.g., D replaced by E), extensions, deletions, and the like). Thus, for example, one embodiment utilizes truncations of any one or more of peptides shown hwerein (e.g., peptides identified by SEQ ID Nos:5-23 and 42- in Table 1). Thus, for example, SEQ ID NO:24 illustrates a peptide comprising 14 amino acids from the C-terminus of 18A comprising one or more D 25 amino acids, while SEQ ID NOS:25-41 illustrate other truncations. [0166] Longer peptides are also suitable. Such longer peptides may entirely form a class A amphipathic helix, or the class A amphipathic helix (helices) can form one or more domains of the peptide. In addition, this invention contemplates multimeric versions -49- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 of the peptides. Thus, for example, the peptides illustrated heren can be coupled together (directly or through a linker (e.g., a carbon linker, or one or more amino acids) with one or more intervening amino acids). Illustrative polymeric peptides include 18A-Pro-18A and the peptides of SEQ ID NOs:81-88, in certain embodiments comprising one or more D 5 amino acids, more preferably with every amino acid a D amino acid as described herein and/or having one or both termini protected. B) Other class A amphipathic helical peptide mimetics of apoA-I having Aromatic or aliphatic residues in the non-polar face. [0167] In certain embodiments, this invention also provides modified class A 10 amphiphathic helix peptides. Certain preferred peptides incorporate one or more aromatic residues at the center of the nonpolar face, e.g., 3Fcs, (as present in 4F), or with one or more aliphatic residues at the center of the nonpolar face, e.g., 3FI'. Without being bound to a particular theory, we believe the central aromatic residues on the nonpolar face of the peptide 3 Fe%, due to the presence of n electrons at the center of the nonpolar face, allow 15 water molecules to penetrate near the hydrophobic lipid alkyl chains of the peptide-lipid complex, which in turn would enable the entry of reactive oxygen species (such as lipid hydroperoxides) shielding them from the cell surface. Similarly, we also believe the peptides with aliphatic residues at the center of the nonpolar face, e.g., 3F", will act similarly but not quite as effectively as 3 Fc. 20 [0168] Preferred peptides will convert pro-inflammatory HDL to anti inflammatory HDL or make anti-inflammatory HDL more anti-inflammatory, and/or decrease LDL-induced monocyte chemotactic activity generated by artery wall cells equal to or greater than D4F or other peptides shown in Table 1. Peptides showing this activity are useful in ameliorating atherosclerosis and other inflammatory conditions such as 25 rheumatoid arthritis, lupus erythematous, polyarteritis nodosa, osteoporosis, Alzheimer's disease, congestive heart failure, endothelial dysfunction, and viral illnesses such as influenza A and diseases such as multiple sclerosis. [01691 Table 2. Examples of certain preferred peptides. Name Sequence SEQ ID NO -50- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 (3FC7) Ac-DKWKAVYDKFAEAFKEFL-NH 2 107 (3FM) Ac-DKLKAFYDKVFEWAKEAF-NH 2 108 C) Smaller peptides. [0170] It was also a surprising discovery that certain small peptides consisting of a minimum of three amino acids preferentially (but not necessarily) with one or more of the amino acids being the D-sterioisomer of the amino acid, and possessing hydrophobic 5 domains to permit lipid protein interactions, and hydrophilic domains to permit a degree of water solubility also possess significant anti-inflammatory properties. Without being bound to a particular theory, it is believed that the peptides bind the "seeding molecules" required for the formation of pro-inflammatory oxidized phospholipids such as Ox-PAPC, POVPC, PGPC, and PEIPC. Since many inflammatory conditions are mediated at least in 10 part by oxidized lipids, we believe that the peptides of this invention are effective in ameliorating conditions that are known or suspected to be due to the formation of biologically active oxidized lipids. These include, but are not limited to atherosclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, lupus erythematous, polyarteritis nodosa, pulmonary disease, asthma, multiple sclerosis, Alzheimer's disease, diabetes, and osteoporosis. The "small peptides" 15 typically range in length from 3 amino acids to about 15 amino acids, more preferably from about 4 amino acids to about 10 or 11 amino acids, and most preferably from about 4 to about 8 or 10 amino acids. The peptides are typically characterized by having hydrophobic terminal amino acids or terminal amino acids rendered hydrophobic by the attachment of one or more hydrophobic "protecting" groups. 20 [0171] In certain embodiments, the peptides can be characterized by Formula I, below: Xw2Xi-X4 where, n is 0 or 1, X' is a hydrophobic amino acid and/or bears a hydrophobic protecting group, X4is a hydrophobic amino acid and/or bears a hydrophobic protecting group; and 25 when n is 0 X2 is an acidic or a basic amino acid; when n is 1: X 2 and X 3 are independently an acidic amino acid, a basic amino acid, an aliphatic amino acid, or an aromatic amino acid such that when X2 is an acidic amino acid; X3 is a basic amino acid, an aliphatic amino acid, or an aromatic amino acid; when X 2 is a basic amino acid; X 3 is -51- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 an acidic amino acid, an aliphatic amino acid, or an aromatic amino acid; and when X2 is an aliphatic or aromatic amino acid, X 3 is an acidic amino acid, or a basic amino acid. [0172] Longer peptides (e.g., up to 10, 11, or 15 amino acids)are also contemplated within the scope of this invention. Typcially where the shorter peptides 5 (e.g., peptides according to formula I) are characterized by an acidic, basic, aliphatic, or aromatic amino acid, the longer peptides are characterized by acidic, basic, aliphatic, or aromatic domains comprising two or more amino acids of that type. 1) Functional properties of active small peptides. [0173] It was a surprising finding of this invention that a number of physical 10 properties predict the ability of small peptides (e.g., less than 10 amino acids, preferably less than 8 amino acids, more preferably from about 3 to about 5 or 6 amino acids) of this invention to render HDL more anti-inflammatory and to mitigate atherosclerosis and/or other pathologies characterized by an inflammatory response in a mammal. The physical properties include high solubility in ethyl acetate (e.g., greater than about 4 mg/mL), and 15 solubility in aqueous buffer at pH 7.0. Upon contacting phospholipids such as 1,2 Dimyristoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DMPC), in an aqueous environment, the particularly effective small peptides induce or participate in the formation of particles with a diameter of approximately 7.5 nm (± 0.1 nm), and/or induce or participate in the formation of stacked bilayers with a bilayer dimension on the order of 3.4 to 4.1 nm with 20 spacing between the bilayers in the stack of approximately 2 nm, and/or also induce or participate in the formation of vesicular structures of approximately 38 nm). In certain preferred embodiments, the small peptides have a molecular weight of less than about 900 Da. [01741 Thus, in certain embodimements, this invention contemplates small 25 peptides that ameliorate one or more symptoms of an inflammatory condition, where said peptide(s): ranges in length from about 3 to about 8 amino acids, preferably from about 3 to about 6, or 7 amino acids, and more preferably from about 3 to about 5 amino acids; are soluble in ethyl acetate at a concentration greater than about 4mg/mL; are soluble in aqueous buffer at pH 7.0; when contacted with a phospholipid in an aqueous environment, 30 form particles with a diameter of approximately 7.5 nm and/or form stacked bilayers with a bilayer dimension on the order of 3.4 to 4.1 nm with spacing between the bilayers in the -52- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 stack of approximately 2 nm; have a molecular weight less than about 900 daltons; convert pro-inflammatory HDL to anti-inflammatory HDL or make anti-inflammatory HDL more anti-inflammatory; and do not have the amino acid sequence Lys-Arg-Asp-Ser (SEQ ID NO:238) in which Lys-Arg-Asp and Ser are all L amino acids. In certain embodiments, 5 these small peptides protect a phospholipid against oxidation by an oxidizing agent. [0175] While these small peptides need not be so limited, in certain embodiments, these small peptides can include the small peptides described below. 2) Tripeptides. [0176] It was discovered that certain tripeptides (3 amino acid peptides) can be 10 synthesized that show desirable properties as described herein (e.g., the ability to convert pro-inflammatory HDL to anti-inflammatory HDL, the ability to decrease LDL-induced monocyte chemotactic activity generated by artery wall cells, the ability to increase pre beta HDL, etc.). In certain embodiments, the peptides are characterized by formula I, wherein N is zero, shown below as Formula II: 15 XX2X4 II where the end amino acids (Xi and X 4 ) are hydrophobic either because of a hydrophobic side chain or because the side chain or the C and/or N terminus is blocked with one or more hydrophobic protecting group(s) (e.g., the N-terminus is blocked with Boc-, Fmoc-, Nicotinyl-, etc., and the C-terminus blocked with (tBu)-OtBu, etc.). In certain 20 embodiments, the X 2 amino acid is either acidic (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid, etc.) or basic (e.g., histidine, arginine, lysine, etc.). The peptide can be all L- amino acids or include one or more or all D-amino acids. [0177] Certain preferred tripeptides of this invention include, but are not limited to the peptides shown in Table 3. 25 [01781 Table 3. Examples of certain preferred tripeptides bearing hydrophobic blocking groups and acidic, basic, or histidine central amino acids. X1 X 2 3 X4 SEQ IDNO -53- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 Boc-Lys(cBoc) Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBui 109 Boc-Lys(eBoc) Arg Thr(tBu)-OtBu 110 Boc-Trp Arg Ile-OtBu ill Boc-Trp Arg Leu-OtBu 112 Boc-Phe Arg lie -OtBu 113 Boc-Phe Arg Leu-OtBu 114 Boc-Lys(FBoc) Glu Ser(tBu)-OtBu 115 Boc-Lys(EBoc) Glu Thr(tBu)-OtBu 116 Boc-Lys(sBoc) Asp Ser(tBu)-OtBu 117 Boc-Lys(6Boc) Asp Thr(tBu)-OtBu 118 Boc-Lys(cBoc) Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBu 119 Boc-Lys(eBoc) Arg Thr(tBu)-OtBu 120 Boc-Leu Glu Ser(tBu)-OtBu 121 Boc-Leu Glu Thr(tBu)-OtBu 122 Fmoc-Trp Ara Ser(tBu)-OtBu 123 Fmoc-Trp Asp Ser(tBu)-OtBu 124 Fmoc-Trp Glu Ser(tBu)-OtBu 125 Fmoc-Trp Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBu 126 Boc-Lys(F-Boc) Glu Leu-OtBu 127 Fmoc-Leu Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBu 128 Fmoc-Leu Asp Ser(tBu)-OtBu 129 Fmoc-Leu Glu SerQtBu)-OtBu 130 Fmoc-Leu Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBu 131 Fmoc-Leu Arg Thr(tBu)-OtBu 132 Boc-Glu Asp Tyr(tBu)-OtBu 133 Fmoc-Lys(FEFmoc) Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBu 134 Fmoc-Trp Arg fle-OtBu 135 Fmoc-Trp Arg Leu-OtBu 136 Fmoc-Phe Arg Ile-OtBu 137 Fmoc-Phe Arg Leu-OtBu 138 Boc-Trp Arg Phe-OtBu 139 Boc-Trp Arg Tyr-OtBu 140 Fmoc-Trp Arg Phe-OtBu 141 Fmoc-Trp Arg Tyr-OtBu 142 Boc-Orn(8Boc) Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBu 143 Nicotinyl Lys(6Boc) Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBu 144 Nicotinyl Lys(FBoc) Arg Thr(tBu)-OtBu 145 Fmoc-Leu Asp Thr(tBu)-OtBu 146 Fmoc-Leu Glu Thr(tBu)-OtBu 147 Fmoc-Leu Arg Thr(tBu)-OtBu 148 Frnoc-norLeu Arg Ser(tflu)-OtBu 149 -54- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 Fmoc-norLeu Asp Ser(tBu)-OtBu 150 Fmoc-norLeu Glu Ser(tBu)-OtBu 151 Fmoc-Lys(sBoc) Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBu 152 Fmoc-Lys(FBoe) Arg Thr(tBu)-OtBu 153 Fmoc-Lys(EBoc) Glu Ser(tBu)-OtBu 154 Fmoc-Lys(sBoc) Glu Thr(tBu)-OtBu 155 Fmoc-Lys(EBoc) Asp Ser(tBu)-OtBu 156 Fmoc-Lys(EBoc) Asp Thr(tflu)-OtBu 157 Fmoc-Lys(cBoc) Glu Leu-OtBu 158 Fmoc-Lys(cBoc) Arg Leu-OtBu 159 Fmoc-Lys(cFmoc) Arg Thr(tBu)-OtBu 160 Fmoc- Lys(FFmoc) Glu Ser(tBu)-OtBu 161 Fmoc- Lys(F-Fmoc) Glu Thr(tBu)-OtBu 162 Emoc- Lys(FsFmoc) Asp Ser(tBu)-OtBu 163 Fmoc- Lys(FsFmoc) Asp Thr(tBu)-OtBu 164 Fmoc- Lys(FFmoc) Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBu 165 Fmoc- Lys(8-Fmoc)) Glu Leu-OtBu 166 Boc-Lys(FFmoc) Asp Ser(tBu)-OtBu 167 Boc-Lys(eFmoc) Asp Thr(tBu)-OtBu 168 Boc-Lys(6fmoc) Arg Thr(tBu)-OtBu 169 Boc-Lys(FFmoc) Glu Leu-OtBu 170 Boc-Om(8Fmoc) Glu Ser(tBu)-OtBu 171 Boc-Orn(5Fmoc) Asp Ser(tBu)-OtBu 172 Boc-Om(8Fmoc) Asp Thr(tBu)-OtBu 173 Boc-Orn(6Fmoc) Arg Thr(tBu)-OtBu 174 Boc-Om(8Fmoc) Glu Thr(tBu)-OtBu 175 Fmoc-Trp Asp Ile-OtBu 176 Fmoc-Trp Arg Ile-OtBu 177 Fmoc-Trp Glu Ile-OtBu 178 Fmoc-Trp Asp Leu-OtBu 179 Fmoc-Trp Glu Leu-OtBu 180 Frnoc-Phe Asp Ile-OtBu 181 Fmoc-Phe Asp Leu-OtBu 182 Fmoc-Phe Glu Leu-OtBu 183 Fmoc-Trp Arg Phe-OtBu 184 Fmoc-Trp Glu Phe-OtBu 185 Fmoc-Trp Asp Phe-OtBu 186 Fmoc-Trp Asp Tyr-OtBu 187 Fmoc-Trp Arg Tyr-OtBu 188 Fmoc-Trp Glu Tyr-OtBu 189 Fmoc-Trp Arg Thr(tBu)-OtBu 190 -55- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 Fmoc-Trp Asp Thr(tBu)-OtBu 191 Fmoc-Trp Glu Thr(tBu)-OtBu 192 Boc-Phe Arg norLeu-OtBu 193 Boc-Phe Glu norLeu-OtBu 194 Fmoc-Phe Asp norLeu-OtBu 195 Boc-Glu His Tyr(tBu)-OtBu 196 Boc-Leu His Ser(tBu)-OtBu 197 Boc-Leu His Thr(tBu)-OtBu 198 Boc-Lys(EBoc) His Ser(tBu)-OtBu 199 Boc-Lys(EBoc) His Thr(tBu)-OtBu 200 Boc-Lys(FBoc) His Leu-OtBu 201 Boc-Lys(6Fmoc) His Ser(tBu)-OtBu 202 Boc-Lys(EFmoc) His Thr(tBu)-OtBu 203 Boc-Lys(6Fmoc) His Leu-OtBu 204 Boc-Orn(SBoc) His Ser(tBu)-OtBu 205 Boc-Orn(6Fmoc) His Thr(tBu)-OtBu 206 Boc-Phe His Ile -OtBu 207 Boc-Phe His Leu-OtBu 208 Boc-Phe His norLeu-OtBu 209 Boc-Phe Lys Leu-OtBu 210 Boc-Trp His Ile-OtBu 211 Boc-Trp His Leu-OtBu 212 Boc-Trp His Phe-OtBu 213 Boc-Trp His Tyr-OtBu 214 Boc-Phe Lys Leu-OtBu 215 Fmoc- Lys(8Fmoc) His Ser(tBu)-OtBu 216 Fmoc- Lys(sFmoc) His Thr(tBu)-OtBu 217 Fmoc- Lys(EFmoc)) His Leu-OtBu 218 Fmoc-Leu His Ser(tBu)-OtBu 219 Fmoc-Leu His Thr(tBu)-OtBu 220 Fmoc-Lys(eBoc) His Ser(tBu)-OtBu 221 Fmoc-Lys(EBoc) His Thr(tBu)-OtBu 222 Fmoc-Lys(EBoc) His Leu-OtBu 223 -56- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 Fmoc-Lys(zFmoc) His Ser(tBu)-OtBu 224 Fmoc-Lys(eFmoc) His Thr(tBu)-OtBu 225 Fmoc-norLeu His Ser(tBu)-OtBu 226 Fmoc-Phe His Ile-OtBu 227 Fmoc-Phe His Leu-OtBu 228 Fmoc-Phe His norLeu-OtBu 229 Fmoc-Trp His Ser(tBu)-OtBu 230 Fmoc-Trp His Ile-OtBu 231 Fmoc-Trp His Leu-OtBu 232 Fmoc-Trp His Phe-OtBu 233 Fmoc-Trp His Tyr-OtBu 234 Fmoc-Trp His Thr(tBu)-OtBu 235 Nicotinyl Lys(EBoc) His Ser(tBu)-OtBu 236 Nicotinyl Lys(EBoc) His Thr(tBu)-OtBu 237 [0179] While the pepides of Table 3 are illustrated with particular protecting groups, it is noted that these groups may be substituted with other protecting groups as described herein and/or one or more of the shown protecting group can be eliminated. 5 3) Small peptides with central acidic and basic amino acids. [0180] In certain embodiments, the peptides of this invention range from four amino acids to about ten amino acids. The terminal amino acids are typically hydrophobic either because of a hydrophobic side chain or because the terminal amino acids bear one or more hydrophobic protecting groups end amino acids (X1 and X 4 ) are hydrophobic either 10 because of a hydrophobic side chain or because the side chain or the C and/or N terminus is blocked with one or more hydrophobic protecting group(s) (e.g., the N-terminus is blocked with Boc-, Fmoc-, Nicotinyl-, etc., and the C-terminus blocked with (tBu)-OtBu, etc.). Typically, the central portion of the peptide comprises a basic amino acid and an acidic amino acid (e.g., in a 4 mer) or a basic domain and/or an acidic domain in a longer 15 molecule. [0181] These four-mers can be represented by Formula I in which X' and X 4 are hydrophobic and/or bear hydrophobic protecting group(s) as described herein and X 2 is -57- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 acidic while X 3 is basic or X2 is basic while X 3 is acidic. The peptide can be all L- amino acids or include one or more or all D-amino acids. [0182] Certain preferred of this invention include, but are not limited to the peptides shown in Table 4. 5 [0183] Table 4. Illustrative examples of small peptides with central acidic and basic amino acids. XX X4 SEQ ID NO Boc-Lys(EBoc) Arg Asp Ser(tBu)-OtBu 238 Boc-Lys(F-Boc) Arg Asp Thr(tBu)-OtBu 239 Boc-Trp Arg Asp Ile-OtBu 240 Boc-Trp Arg Asp Leu-OtBu 241 Boc-Phe Arg Asp Leu-OtBu 242 Boc-Phe Arg Asp Ile-OtBu 243 Boc-Phe Arg Asp norLeu-OtBu 244 Boc-Phe Arg Glu norLeu-OtBu 245 Boc-Phe Arg Glu Ile-OtBu 246 Boc-Phe Asp Arg Ile-OtBu 247 Boc-Phe Glu Arg Ile-OtBu 248 Boc-Phe Asp Arg Leu-OtBu 249 Boc-Phe Arg Glu Leu-OtBu 250 Boc-Phe Glu Arg Leu-OtBu 251 Boc-Phe Asp Arg norLeu-OtBu 252 Boc-Phe Glu Arg norLeu-OtBu 253 Boc-Lys(EBoc) Glu Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBu 254 Boc-Lys(6Boc) Glu Arg Thr(tBu)-OtBu 255 Boc-Lys(EBoc) Asp Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBu 256 Boc-Lys(8Boc) Asp Arg Thr(tBu)-OtBu 257 Boc-Lys(cBoc) Arg Glu Ser(tBu)-OtBu 258 Boc-Lys(8Boc) Arg Glu Thr(tBu)-OtBu 259 Boc-Leu Glu Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBu 260 Boc-Leu Glu Arg Thr(tBu)-OtBu 261 Fmoc-Trp Arg Asp Ser(tBu)-OtBu 262 Fmoc-Trp Asp Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBu 263 Fmoc-Trp Glu Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBu 264 Fmoc-Trp Arg Glu Ser(tBu)-OtBu 265 Boc-Lys(EBoc) Glu Arg Leu-OtBu 266 -58- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 Fmoc-Leu Arg Asp Ser(tBu)-OtBu 267 Fmoc-Leu Asp Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBu 268 Fmoc-Leu Glu Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBu 269 Fmoc-Leu Arg Glu Ser(tBu)-OtBu 270 Fmoc-Leu Arg Asp Thr(tBu)-OtBu 271 Boc-Glu Asp Arg Tyr(tBu)-OtBu 272 Fmoc-Lys(cFmoc) Arg Asp Ser(tBu)-OtBu 273 Fmoc-Trp Arg Asp Ile-OtBu 274 Fmoc-Trp Arg Asp Leu-OtBu 275 Fmoc-Phe Arg Asp Ile-OtBu 276 Fmoc-Phe Arg Asp Leu-OtBu 277 Boc-Trp Arg Asp Phe-OtBu 278 Boc-Trp Arg Asp Tyr-OtBu 279 Fmoc-Trp Arg Asp Phe-OtBu 280 Fmoc-Trp Arg Asp Tyr-OtBu 281 Boc-Orn(6Boc) Arg Glu Ser(tBu)-OtBu 282 Nicotinyl Lys(EBoc) Arg Asp Ser(tBu)-OtBu 283 Nicotinyl Lys(cBoc) Arg Asp Thr(tBu)-OtBu 284 Fmoc-Leu Asp Arg Thr(tBu)-OtBu 285 Fmoc-Leu Glu Arg Thr(tBu)-OtBu ,286 Fmoc-Leu Arg Glu Thr(tBu)-OtBu 287 Fmoc-norLeu Arg Asp Ser(tBu)-OtBu 288 Fmoc-norLeu Asp Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBu 289 Fmoc-norLeu Glu Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBu 290 Fmoc-norLeu Arg Glu Ser(tBu)-OtBu 291 Fmoc-Lys(EBoc) Arg Asp Ser(tBu)-OtBu 292 Fmoc-Lys(EBoc) Arg Asp Thr(tBu)-OtBu 293 Fmoc-Lys(EBoc) Glu Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBu 294 Fmoc-Lys(cBoc) Glu Arg Thr(tBu)-OtBu 295 Fmoc-Lys(eBoc) Asp Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBu 296 Fmoc-Lys(EBoc) Asp Arg Thr(tBu)-OtBu 297 Fmoc-Lys(EBoc) Arg Glu Ser(tBu)-OtBu 298 Fmoc-Lys(sBoc) Arg Glu Thr(tBu)-OtBu 299 Fmoc-Lys(EBoc) Glu Arg Leu-OtBu 300 Fmoc-Lys(cBoc) Arg Glu Leu-OtBu 301 Fmoc-Lys(eFmoc) Arg Asp Thr(tBu)-OtBu 302 Fmoc- Lys(eFmoc) Glu Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBu 303 Fmoc- Lys(EFmoc) Glu Arg Thr(tBu)-OtBu 304 -59- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 Fmoc- Lys(EFmoc) Asp Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBu 305 Fmoc- Lys(cFmoc) Asp Arg Thr(tBu)-OtBu 306 Fmoc- Lys(EFmoc) Arg Glu Ser(tBu)-OtBu 307 Fmoc- Lys(EFmoc) Arg Glu Thr(tBu)-OtBu 308 Fmoc- Lys(FFmoc)) Glu Arg Leu-OtBu 309 Boc-Lys(8Fmoc) Arg Asp Ser(tBu)-OtBu 310 Boc-Lys(sFmoc) Arg Asp Thr(tBu)-OtBu 311 Boc-Lys(EFmoc) Glu Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBu 312 Boc-Lys(EFmoc) Glu Arg Thr(tBu)-OtBu 313 Boc-Lys(EFmoc) Asp Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBu 314 Boc-Lys(EFmoc) Asp Arg Thr(tBu)-OtBu 315 Boc-Lys(eFmoc) Arg Glu Ser(tBu)-OtBu 316 Boc-Lys(FFmoc) Arg Glu Thr(tBu)-OtBu 317 Boc-Lys(EFmoc) Glu Arg Leu-OtBu 318 Boc-Orn(SFmoc) Arg Glu Ser(tBu)-OtBu 319 Boc-Orn(SFmoc) Glu Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBu 320 Boc-Orn(SFmoc) Arg Asp Ser(tBu)-OtBu 321 Boc-Om(SFmoc) Asp Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBu 322 Boc-Orn(SFmoc) Asp Arg Thr(tBu)-OtBu 323 Boc-Orn(SFmoc) Arg Asp Thr(tBu)-OtBu 324 Boc-Om(SFmoc) Glu Arg Thr(tBu)-OtBu 325 Boc-Orn(SFmoc) Arg Glu Thr(tBu)-OtBu 326 Fmoc-Trp Asp Arg Ile-OtBu 327 Fmoc-Trp Arg Glu Ile-OtBu 328 Fmoc-Trp Glu Arg Ile-OtBu 329 Fmoc-Trp Asp Arg Leu-OtBu 330 Fmoc-Trp Arg Glu Leu-OtBu 331 Fmoc-Trp Glu Arg Leu-OtBu 332 Fmoc-Phe Asp Arg Ile-OtBu 333 Fmoc-Phe Arg Glu Ile-OtBu 334 Fmoc-Phe Glu Arg Ile-OtBu 335 Fmoc-Phe Asp Arg Leu-OtBu 336 Fmoc-Phe Arg Glu Leu-OtBu 337 Fmoc-Phe Glu Ag Leu-OtBu 338 Fmoc-Trp Arg Asp Phe-OtBu 339 Fmoc-Trp Arg Glu Phe-OtBu 340 Fmoc-Trp Glu Arg Phe-OtBu 341 Fmoc-Trp Asp Arg Tyr-OtBu 342 -60- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 Fmoc-Trp Arg Glu Tyr-OtBu 343 Fmoc-Trp Glu Arg Tyr-OtBu 344 Fmoc-Trp Arg Asp Thr(tBu)-OtBu 345 Fmoc-Trp Asp Arg Thr(tBu)-OtBu 346 Fmoc-Trp Arg Glu Thr(tBu)-OtBu 347 Fmoc-Trp Glu Arg Thr(tBu)-OtBu 348 Fmoc-Phe Arg Asp norLeu-OtBu 349 Fmoc-Phe Arg Glu norLeu-OtBu 350 Boc-Phe Lys Asp Leu-OtBu 351 Boc-Phe Asp Lys Leu-OtBu 352 Boc-Phe Lys Glu Leu-OtBu 353 Boc-Phe Glu Lys Leu-OtBu 354 Boc-Phe Lys Asp Ile-OtBu 355 Boc-Phe Asp Lys Ile-OtBu 356 Boc-Phe Lys Glu Ile-OtBu 357 Boc-Phe Glu Lys Ile-OtBu 358 Boc-Phe Lys Asp norLeu-OtBu 359 Boc-Phe Asp Lys norLeu-OtBu 360 Boc-Phe Lys Glu norLeu-OtBu 361 Boc-Phe Glu Lys norLeu-OtBu 362 Boc-Phe His Asp Leu-OtBu 363 Boc-Phe Asp His Leu-OtBu 364 Boc-Phe His Glu Leu-OtBu 365 Boc-Phe Glu His Leu-OtBu 366 Boc-Phe His Asp Ile-OtBu 367 Boc-Phe Asp His Ile-OtBu 368 Boc-Phe His Glu Ile-OtBu 369 Boc-Phe Glu His Ile-OtBu 370 Boc-Phe His Asp norLeu-OtBu 371 Boc-Phe Asp His norLeu-OtBu 372 Boc-Phe His Glu norLeu-OtBu 373 Boc-Phe Glu His norLeu-OtBu 374 Boc-Lys(FBoc) Lys Asp Ser(tBu)-OtBu 375 Boc-Lys(eBoc) Asp Lys Ser(tBu)-OtBu 376 Boc-Lys(EBoc) Lys Glu Ser(tBu)-OtBu 377 Boc-Lys(EBoc) Glu Lys Ser(tBu)-OtBu 378 Boc-Lys(eBoc) His Asp Ser(tBu)-OtBu 379 Boc-Lys(EBoc) Asp His Ser(tBu)-OtBu 380 Boc-Lys(EBoc) His Glu Ser(tBu)-OtBu 381 -61- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 Boc-Lys(cBoc) Glu His Ser(tBu)-OtBu 382 [0184] While the pepides of Table 4 are illustrated with particular protecting groups, it is noted that these groups may be substituted with other protecting groups as described herein and/or one or more of the shown protecting group can be eliminated. 5 4) Small Peptides having either an acidic or basic amino acid in the center together with a central aliphatic amino acid. [0185] In certain embodiments, the peptides of this invention range from four amino acids to about ten amino acids. The terminal amino acids are typically hydrophobic either because of a hydrophobic side chain or because the terminal amino acids bear one or 10 more hydrophobic protecting groups. End amino acids (X 1 and X 4 ) are hydrophobic either because of a hydrophobic side chain or because the side chain or the C and/or N terminus is blocked with one or more hydrophobic protecting group(s) (e.g., the N-terminus is blocked with Boc-, Fmoc-, Nicotinyl-, etc., and the C-terminus blocked with (tBu)-OtBu, etc.). Typically, the central portion of the peptide comprises a basic or acidic amino acid 15 and an aliphatic amino acid (e.g., in a 4 mer) or a basic domain or an acidic domain and an aliphatic domain in a longer molecule. [0186] These four-mers can be represented by Formula I in which X 1 and X 4 are hydrophobic and/or bear hydrophobic protecting group(s) as described herein and X 2 is acidic or basic while X 3 is aliphatic or X 2 is aliphatic while X 3 is acidic or basic. The 20 peptide can be all L- amino acids or include one, or more, or all D-amino acids. [0187] Certain preferred of this invention include, but are not limited to the peptides shown in Table 5. [0188] Table 5. Examples of certain preferred peptides having either an acidic or 25 basic amino acid in the center together with a central aliphatic amino acid. SEQ ID X1 X 2 X3 X4 NO Fmoc-Lys(sBoc) Leu Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBu 383 Fmoc-Lys(sBoc) Arg Leu Ser(tBu)-OtBu 384 -62- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 Fmoc-Lys(FBoc) Leu Arg Thr(tBu)-OtBu 385 Fmoc-Lys(FBoc) Arg Leu Thr(tBu)-OtBu 386 Fmoc-Lys(EBoc) Glu Leu Ser(tBu)-OtBu 387 Fmoc-Lys(EBoc) Leu Glu Ser(tBu)-OtBu 388 Fmoc-Lys(EBoc) Glu Leu Thr(tBu)-OtBu 389 Fmoc-Lys(eBoc) Leu Glu Thr(tBu)-OtBu 390 Fmoc- Lys(EFmoc) Leu Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBu 391 Fmoc- Lys(FFmoc) Leu Arg Thr(tBu)-OtBu 392 Fmoc- Lys(EFmoc) Glu Leu Ser(tBu)-OtBu 393 Fmoc- Lys(EFmoc) Glu Leu Thr(tBu)-OtBu 394 Boc-Lys(Fmoc) Glu Ile Thr(tBu)-OtBu 395 Boc-Lys(eFmoc) Leu Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBu 396 Boc-Lys(EFmoc) Leu Arg Thr(tBu)-OtBu 397 Boc-Lys(EFmoc) Glu Leu Ser(tBu)-OtBu 398 Boc-Lys(FFmoc) Glu Leu Thr(tBu)-OtBu 399 Boc-Lys(FBoc) Leu Arg Ser(tBu)-OtBu 400 Boc-Lys(EBoc) Arg Phe Thr(tBu)-OtBu 401 Boc-Lys(6Boc) Leu Arg Thr(tBu)-OtBu 402 Boc-Lys(eBoc) Glu Ile Thr(tBu) 403 Boc-Lys(EBoc) Glu Val Thr(tBu) 404 Boc-Lys(eBoc) Glu Ala Thr(tBu) 405 Boc-Lys(6Boc) Glu Gly Thr(tBu) 406 Boc--Lys(eBoc) Glu Leu Ser(tBu)-OtBu 407 Boc-Lys(FBoc) Glu Leu Thr(tBu)-OtBu 408 [0189] While the pepides of Table 5 are illustrated with particular protecting groups, it is noted that these groups may be substituted with other protecting groups as described herein and/or one or more of the shown protecting group can be eliminated. 5 5) Small Peptides having either an acidic or basic amino acid in the center together with a central aromatic amino acid. [0190] In certain embodiments, the peptides of this invention range from four amino acids to about ten amino acids. The terminal amino acids are typically hydrophobic either because of a hydrophobic side chain or because the terminal amino acids bear one or 10 more hydrophobic protecting groups end amino acids (X 1 and X 4 ) are hydrophobic either because of a hydrophobic side chain or because the side chain or the C and/or N terminus is blocked with one or more hydrophobic protecting group(s) (e.g., the N-terminus is -63- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 blocked with Boc-, Fmoc-, Nicotinyl-, etc., and the C-terminus blocked with (tBu)-OtBu, etc.). Typically, the central portion of the peptide comprises a basic or acidic amino acid and an aromatic amino acid (e.g., in a 4 mer) or a basic domain or an acidic domain and an aromatic domain in a longer molecule. 5 [0191] These four-mers can be represented by Formula I in which X 1 and X 4 are hydrophobic and/or bear hydrophobic protecting group(s) as described herein and X 2 is acidic or basic while X 3 is aromatic or X2 is aromatic while X 3 is acidic or basic. The peptide can be all L- amino acids or include one, or more, or all D-amino acids. Five-mers can be represented by a minor modification of Formula I in which X 5 is inserted as shown 10 in Table 6 and in which X 5 is typically an aromatic amino acid. [0192] Certain preferred of this invention include, but are not limited to the peptides shown in Table 6. -64- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 [01931 Table 6. Examples of certain preferred peptides having either an acidic or basic amino acid in the center together with a central aromatic amino acid. X1 X2 X 3 X5 X4 SEQ ID NO Fmoc-Lys(EBoc) Arg Trp Tyr(tBu)-OtBu 409 Fmoc-Lys(6Boc) Trp Arg Tyr(tBu)-OtBu 410 Fmoc-Lys(EBoc) Arg Tyr Trp-OtBu 411 Fmoc-Lys(FBoc) Tyr Arg Trp-OtBu 412 Fmoc-Lys(eBoc) Arg Tyr Trp Thr(tBu)-OtBu 413 Fmoc-Lys(sBoc) Arg Tyr Thr(tBu)-OtBu 414 Fmoc-Lys(eBoc) Arg Trp Thr(tBu)-OtBu 415 Fmoc- Lys(EFmoc) Arg Trp Tyr(tBu)-OtBu 416 Fmoc- Lys(FFmoc) Arg Tyr Trp-OtBu 417 Fmoc- Lys(sFmoc) Arg Tyr Trp Thr(tBu)-OtBu 418 Fmoc- Lys(sFmoc) Arg Tyr Thr(tBu)-OtBu 419 Fmoc- Lys(eFmoc) Arg Trp Thr(tBu)-OtBu 420 Boc-Lys(eFmoc) Arg Trp Tyr(tBu)-OtBu 421 Boc-Lys(cFmoc) Arg Tyr Trp-OtBu 422 Boc-Lys(eFmoc) Arg Tyr Trp Thr(tBu)-OtBu 423 Boc-Lys(FFmoc) Arg Tyr Thr(tBu)-OtBu 424 Boc-Lys(FFmoc) Arg Trp Thr(tBu)-OtBu 425 Boc-Glu Lys(EFnoc) Arg Tyr(tBu)-OtBu 426 Boc-Lys(-Boc) Arg Trp Tyr(tBu)-OtBu 427 Boc-Lys(EBoc) Arg Tyr Trp-OtBu 428 Boc-Lys(EBoc) Arg Tyr Trp Thr(tBu)-OtBu 429 Boc-Lys(6Boc) Arg Tyr Thr(tBu)-OtBu 430 Boc-Lys(eBoc) Arg Phe Thr(tBu)-OtBu 431 Boc-Lys(cBoc) Arg Trp Thr(tBu)-OtBu 432 [0194] While the pepides of Table 6 are illustrated with particular protecting 5 groups, it is noted that these groups may be substituted with other protecting groups as described herein and/or one or more of the shown protecting group can be eliminated. 6) Small Peptides having aromatic amino acids or aromatic amino acids separated by histidine(s) at the center. [0195] In certain embodiments, the peptides of this invention are characterized by 10 7c electrons that are exposed in the center of the molecule which allow hydration of the -65- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 particle and that allow the peptide particles to trap pro-inflammatory oxidized lipids such as fatty acid hydroperoxides and phospholipids that contain an oxidation product of arachidonic acid at the sn-2 position. [0196] In certain embodiments, these peptides consist of a minimum of 4 amino 5 acids and a maximum of about 10 amino acids, preferentially (but not necessarily) with one or more of the amino acids being the D-sterioisomer of the amino acid, with the end amino acids being hydrophobic either because of a hydrophobic side chain or because the terminal amino acid(s) bear one or more hydrophobic blocking group(s), (e.g., an N terminus blocked with Boc-, Fmoc-, Nicotinyl-, and the like, and a C-terminus blocked 10 with (tBu)-OtBu groups and the like). Instead of having an acidic or basic amino acid in the center, these peptides generally have an aromatic amino acid at the center, or have aromatic amino acids separated by histidine in the center of the peptide. [0197] Certain preferred of this invention include, but are not limited to the peptides shown in Table 7. 15 [0198] Table 7. Examples of peptides having aromatic amino acids in the center or aromatic amino acids or aromatic domains separated by one or more histidines. X1 x2 X3 X4 X, SEQ ID NO Boc-Lys(cBoc) Phe Trp Phe Ser(tBu)-OtBu 433 Boc-Lys(EBoc) Phe Trp Phe Thr(tBu)-OtBu 434 Boc-Lys(eBoc) Phe Tyr Phe Ser(tBu)-OtBu 435 Boc-Lys(eBoc) Phe Tyr Phe Thr(tBu)-OtBu 436 Boc-Lys(FBoc) Phe His Phe Ser(tBu)-OtBu 437 Boc-Lys(eBoc) Phe His Phe Thr(tBu)-OtBu 438 Boc-Lys(eBoc) Val Phe Phe-Tyr Ser(tBu)-OtBu 439 Nicotinyl-Lys(EBoc) Phe Trp Phe Ser(tBu)-OtBu 440 Nicotinyl-Lys(EBoc) Phe Trp Phe Thr(tBu)-OtBu 441 Nicotinyl-Lys(EBoc) Phe Tyr Phe Ser(tBu)-OtBu 442 Nicotinyl-Lys(sBoc) Phe Tyr Phe Thr(tBu)-OtBu 443 Nicotinyl-Lys(EBoc) Phe His Phe Ser(tBu)-OtBu 444 Nicotinyl-Lys(vBoc) Phe His Phe Thr(tBu)-OtBu 445 Boc-Leu Phe Trp Phe Thr(tBu)-OtBu 446 Boc-Leu Phe Trp Phe Ser(tBu)-OtBu 447 -66- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 [0199] While the pepides of Table 7 are illustrated with particular protecting groups, it is noted that these groups may be substituted with other protecting groups as described herein and/or one or more of the shown protecting group can be eliminated. 7) Summary of tripeptides and tetrapeptides. 5 [0200] For the sake of clarity, a number of tripeptides and tetrapeptides of this invention are generally summarized below in Table 8. [0201] Table 8. General structure of certain peptides of this invention. X1 Xz X3 X4 hydrophobic side chain Acidic or hydrophobic side or hydrophobic Basic chain or protecting group(s) hydrophobic protecting groups) hydrophobic side chain Basic Acidic hydrophobic side or hydrophobic chain or protecting group(s) hydrophobic protecting groups) hydrophobic side chain Acidic Basic hydrophobic side or hydrophobic chain or protecting group(s) hydrophobic protecting groups) hydrophobic side chain Acidic or Basic Aliphatic hydrophobic side or hydrophobic chain or protecting group(s) hydrophobic protecting group(s) hydrophobic side chain Aliphatic Acidic or Basic hydrophobic side or hydrophobic chain or protecting groups) hydrophobic protecting group(s) hydrophobic side chain Acidic or Basic Aromatic hydrophobic side or hydrophobic chain or protecting group(s) hydrophobic protecting groups) hydrophobic side chain Aromatic Acidic or Basic hydrophobic side or hydrophobic chain or protecting groups) hydrophobic protecting group(s) hydrophobic side chain Aromatic His Aromatic hydrophobic side or hydrophobic chain or protecting groups) hydrophobic protecting group(s) -67- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 [0202] Where longer peptides are desired, X 2 and X 3 can represent domains (e.g., regions of two or more amino acids of the specified type) rather than individual amino acids. Table 8. is intended to be illustrative and not limiting. Using the teaching provided 5 herein, other suitable peptides can readily be identified. 8) Paired amino acids and dipeptides. [0203] In certain embodiments, this invention pertains to the discovery that certain pairs of amino acids, administered in conjunction with each other or linked to form a dipeptide have one or more of the properties described herein. Thus, without being bound 10 to a particular theory, it is believed that when the pairs of amino acids are administered in conjunction with each other, as described herein, they are capable participating in or inducing the formation of micelles in vivo. [0204] Similar to the other small peptides described herein, it is belived that the pairs of peptides will associate in vivo, and demonstrate physical properties including high 15 solubility in ethyl acetate (e.g., greater than about 4 mg/mL), solubility in aqueous buffer at pH 7.0. Upon contacting phospholipids such as 1,2-Dimyristoyl-sn-glycero-3 phosphocholine (DMEPC), in an aqueous environment, it is believed the pairs of amino acids induce or participate in the formation of particles with a diameter of approximately 7.5 nm (± 0.1 nm), and/or induce or participate in the formation of stacked bilayers with a 20 bilayer dimension on the order of 3.4 to 4.1 nm with spacing between the bilayers in the stack of approximately 2 nm, and/or also induce or participate in the formation of vesicular structures of approximately 38 nm). [0205] Moreover, it is further believed that the pairs of amino acids can display one or more of the following physiologically relevant properties: 25 [0206] 1. They convert pro-inflammatory HDL to anti-inflammatory HDL or make anti-inflammatory HDL more anti-inflammatory; [0207] 2. They decrease LDL-induced monocyte chemotactic activity generated by artery wall cells; [0208] 3. They stimulate the formation and cycling of pre-p HDL; -68- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 [02091 4. They raise HDL cholesterol; and/or [0210] 5. They increase HDL paraoxonase activity. [0211] The pairs of amino acids can be administered as separate amino acids (administered sequentially or simulataneously, e.g. in a combined formulation) or they can 5 be covalently coupled directly or through a linker (e.g. a PEG linker, a carbon linker, a branched linker, a straight chain linker, a heterocyclic linker, a linker formed of derivatized lipid, etc.). In certain embodiments, the pairs of amino acids are covalently linked through a peptide bond to form a dipeptide. In various embodiments while the dipeptides will typically comprise two amino acids each bearing an attached protecting 10 group, this invention also contemplates dipeptides wheren only one of the amino acids bears one or more protecting groups. [0212] The pairs of amino acids typically comprise amino acids where each amino acid is attached to at least one protecting group (e.g., a hydrophobic protecting group as described herein). The amino acids can be in the D or the L form. In certain 15 embodiments, where the amino acids comprising the pairs are not attached to each other, each amino acid bears two protecting groups (e.g., such as molecules 1 and 2 in Table 9). [0213] Table 9. Illustrative amino acid pairs of this invention. Amino Acid Pair/dipeptide 1. Boc-Arg-OtBu* 2. Boc-Glu-OtBu* 3. Boc-Phe-Arg-OtBu** 4. Boc-Glu-Leu-OtBu** 5. Boc-Arg-Glu-OtBu*** *This would typically be administered in conjunciton with a second amino acid. 20 **In certain embodiments, these dipeptides would be administered in conjunction with each other. *** In certain embodiments, this peptide would be administered either alone or in combination with one of the other peptides described herein.. 25 [0214] Suitable pairs of amino acids can readily be identified by providing the pair of protected amino acids and/or a dipeptide and then screening the pair of amino -69- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 acids/dipeptide for one or more of the physical and/or physiological properties described above. In certain embodiments, this invention excludes pairs of amino acids and/or dipeptides comprising aspartic acid and phenylalanine. In certain embodiments, this invention excludes pairs of amino acids and/or dipeptides in which one amino acid is (-) 5 N-[(trans-4-isopropylcyclohexane)carbonyl]-D-phenylalanine (nateglinide). [0215] In certain embodiments, the amino acids comprising the pair are independently selected from the group consisting of an acidic amino acid (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid, etc.), a basic amino acid (e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine, etc.), and a non-polar amino acid (e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, 10 tryptophan, methionine, etc.). In certain embodiments, where the first amino acid is acidic or basic, the second amino acid is non-polar and where the second amino acid is acidic or basic, the first amino acid is non-polar. In certaiii embodiments, where the first amino acid is acidic, the second amino acid is basic, and vice versa. (see, e.g., Table 10). [0216] Similar combinations can be obtained by administering pairs of dipeptides. 15 Thus, for example in certain embodiments, molecules 3 and 4 in Table 9 would be administered in conjunction with each other. Table 10. Certain generalized pepide pairs. First Amino acid Second Amino acid 1. Acidic Basic 2. Basic Acidic 3. Acidic Non-polar 4. Non-polar Acidic 5. Basic Non-polar 6. Non-polar Basic [0217] It is noted that these amino acid pairs/dipeptides are intended to be 20 illustrative and not limiting. Using the teaching provided herein other suitable amino acid pairs/dipeptides can readily be determined. -70- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 D) Other peptide modifications. [0218] It was a surprising discovery that the peptides described herein, particular when they incorporated one or more D-amino acids, they retained their activity and could also be administered orally. Moreover this oral administration resulted in relatively 5 efficient uptake and significant serum half-life thereby providing an efficacious method of mitigating one or more symptoms of atherosclerosis or other pathologies characterized by an inflammatory process. [0219] Using the teaching provided herein, one of skill can routinely modify the illustrated peptides to produce other similar peptides of this invention. For example, 10 routine conservative or semi-conservative substitutions (e.g., E for D) can be made of the existing amino acids. The effect of various substitutions on lipid affinity of the resulting peptide can be predicted using the computational method described by Palgunachari et al. (1996) Arteriosclerosis, Thrombosis, & Vascular Biology 16: 328-338. The peptides can be lengthened or shortened as long as the class A oc-helix structure is preserved. In 15 addition, substitutions can be made to render the resulting peptide more similar to peptide(s) endogenously produced by the subject species. [0220] In certain embodiments, the peptides of this invention comprise "D" forms of the peptides described in U.S. Patent 4,643,988, more preferably "D" forms having one or both termini coupled to protecting groups. In certain embodiments, at least 50% of the 20 enantiomeric amino acids are "D" form, more preferably at least 80% of the enantiomeric amino acids are "D" form, and most preferably at least 90% or even all of the enantiomeric amino acids are "D" form amino acids. [0221] While, in certain embodiments, the peptides. of this invention utilize naturally-occurring amino acids or D forms of naturally occurring amino acids, 25 substitutions with non-naturally occurring amino acids (e.g., methionine sulfoxide, methionine methylsulfonium, norleucine, episilon-aminocaproic acid, 4-aminobutanoic acid, tetrahydroisoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid, 8-aminocaprylic acid, 4-aminobutyric acid, Lys(N(epsilon)-trifluoroacetyl), a-aminoisobutyric acid, and the like) are also contemplated. 30 [0222] In addition to the peptides described herein, peptidomimetics are also contemplated herein. Peptide analogs are commonly used in the pharmaceutical industry -71- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 as non-peptide drugs with properties analogous to those of the template peptide. These types of non-peptide compound are termed "peptide mimetics" or "peptidomimetics" (Fauchere (1986) Adv. Drug Res. 15: 29; Veber and Freidinger (1985) TINS p.
3 92; and Evans et al. (1987) J. Med. Chem. 30: 1229) and are usually developed with the aid of 5 computerized molecular modeling. Peptide mimetics that are structurally similar to therapeutically useful peptides may be used to produce an equivalent therapeutic or prophylactic effect. [0223] Generally, peptidomimetics are structurally similar to a paradigm polypeptide (e.g, 4F, SEQ ID NO: 258 described herein), but have one or more peptide 10 linkages optionally replaced by a linkage selected from the group consisting of: -CH 2 NH-,
-CH
2 S-, -CH 2
-CH
2 -, -CH=CH- (cis and trans), -COCH 2 -, -CH(OH)CH 2 -, -CH 2 SO-, etc. by methods known in the art and further described in the following references: Spatola (1983) p. 267 in Chemistry and Biochemistry of Amino Acids, Peptides, and Proteins, B. Weinstein, eds., Marcel Dekker, New York,; Spatola (1983) Vega Data 1(3) Peptide 15 Backbone Modifications. (general review); Morley (1980) Trends Pharm Sci pp. 463-468 (general review); Hudson et al. (1979) Int JPept Prot Res 14:177-185 (-CH 2 NH-,
CH
2
CH
2 -); Spatola et al. (1986) Life Sci 38:1243-1249 (-CH 2 -S); Hann, (1982) J Chem Soc Perkin Trans I 307-314 (-CH-CH-, cis and trans); Almquist et al. (1980) JMed Chem. 23:1392-1398 (-COCH 2 -); Jennings-White et al.(1982) Tetrahedron Lett. 23:2533 ( 20 COCH 2 -); Szelke, M. et al., European Appln. EP 45665 (1982) CA: 97:39405 (1982) ( CH(OH)CH2-); Holladay et al. (1983) Tetrahedron Lett 24:4401-4404 (-C(OH)CH 2 -); and Hruby (1982) Life Sci., 31:189-199 (-CH 2 -S-)). [0224] A particularly preferred non-peptide linkage is -CH 2 NH-. Such peptide mimetics may have significant advantages over polypeptide embodiments, including, for 25 example: more economical production, greater chemical stability, enhanced pharmacological properties (half-life, absorption, potency, efficacy, etc.), reduced antigenicity, and others. [0225] In addition, circular permutations of the peptides described herein or constrained peptides (including cyclized peptides) comprising a consensus sequence or a 30 substantially identical consensus sequence variation may be generated by methods known in the art (Rizo and Gierasch (1992) Ann. Rev. Biochem. 61: 387); for example, by adding -72- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 internal cysteine residues capable of forming intramolecular disulfide bridges which cyclize the peptide. IX. Functional assays of peptides. [0226] Certain peptides of this invention are desctribed herein by various formulas 5 (e.g., Formula I, above) and/or by particular sequences. In certain embodiments, however, preferred peptides of this invention are characterized by one or more of the following functional properties: 1. They convert pro-inflammatory HDL to anti-inflammatory HDL or make anti-inflammatory HDL more anti-inflammatory; 10 2. They decrease LDL-induced monocyte chemotactic activity generated by artery wall cells; 3. They stimulate the formation and cycling of pre-Q HDL; 4. They raise HDL cholesterol; and/or 5. They increase HDL paraoxonase activity. 15 [0227] The specific peptides disclosed herein, and/or peptides corresponding to the various formulas described herein can readily be tested for one or more of these activities as desired. [0228] Methods of screening for each of these functional properties are well known to those of skill in the art. In addition, such screens are illustrated herein in the 20 Examples. In particular, it is noted that assays for monocyte chemotactic activity, HDL cholesterol, and HDL HDL paraoxonase activity are illustrated in PCT/US01/26497 (WO 02/15923). Assays for determining HDL inflammatory and/or anti-inflammatory properties were performed as described below. A) Determination of HDL Inflammatory/Anti-inflammatory Properties 25 1) Monocyte Chemotactic Activity (MCA) Assay [0229] Lipoproteins, human artery wall cocultures, and monocytes were prepared and monocyte chemotactic activity (MCA) was determined as previously described (Van -73- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 Lenten et al. (2002) Circulation, 106: 1127-1132). Induction of MCA by a standard control LDL was determined in the absence or presence of the subject's HDL. Values in the absence of HDL were normalized to 1.0. Values greater than 1.0 after the addition of HDL indicated pro-inflammatory HDL; values less than 1.0 indicated anti-inflammatory 5 HDL. 2) Cell-free Assay [0230] The cell-free assay was a modification of a previously published method using PEIPC as the fluorescence-inducing agent. Briefly, HDL was isolated by dextran sulfate method. Sigma "HDL cholesterol reagent" (Catalog No. 352-3) containing dextran 10 sulfate and magnesium ions was dissolved in distilled water (10.0 mg/ml). Fifty microliters of dextran sulfate solution was mixed with 500 pl of the test plasma and incubated at room temperature for 5 min and subsequently centrifuged at 8,000 g for 10 min. The supernatant containing HDL was used in the experiments after cholesterol determination using a cholesterol assay kit (Cat. No. 2340-200, Thermo DMA Company, 15 Arlington, TX). We have previously reported (Navab et al. (2001) J Lipid Res, 1308 1317) that HDL isolated by this method inactivates bioactive phospholipids to a similar extent as compared with HDL that has been isolated by conventional ultracentrifuge methods. To determine the inflammatory/anti-inflammatory properties of HDL samples from patients and controls, the change in fluorescence intensity as a result of the oxidation 20 of DCFH by PEIPC in the absence or presence of the test HDL was used. DCFH-DA was dissolved in fresh methanol at 2.0 mg/ml and was incubated at room temperature and protected from light for 30 min. resulting in the release of DCFH. The assay was adapted for analyzing a large number of samples with a plate reader. Flat-bottom, black, polystyrene microtiter plates (Microfluor2,Cat. No. 14-245-176, Fisher) were utilized for 25 this purpose. Ten pl of PEIPC solution (final concentration of 50 pg/ml), and 90 pl of HDL-containing dextran sulfate supernatant (final concentration of 10 pg/ml cholesterol), were aliquoted into microtiter plates and mixed. The plates were then incubated at 37 'C on a rotator for 1.0 hr. Ten pl of DCFH solution (0.2 mg/ml) was then added to each well, mixed and incubated for an additional 2 hrs at 37 'C with rotation. The fluorescence was 30 subsequently determined with a plate reader (Spectra Max, Gemini XS; Molecular Devices) at an excitation wavelength of 485 nm and emission wavelength of 530 nm and -- 74- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 cutoff of 515 nm with the photomultiplier sensitivity set at "medium". Values for intra and interassay variability were 5.3 ± 1.7% and 7.1 ± 3.2%, respectively. Values in the absence of HDL were normalized to 1.0. Values greater than 1.0 after the addition of the test HDL indicated pro-inflammatory BDL; values less than 1.0 indicated anti 5 inflammatory HDL. 3) Other Procedures [0231] Plasma levels of interleukin-6 (IL-6) and tumor necrosis factor-cc (TNF- a) were determined by previously published methods (Scheidt-Nave et al. (2001) J Clin Endocrinol Metab., 86:2032-2042; Piguet et al. (1987) J Experiment Med., 166, 1280 10 1289). Plasma total cholesterol, triglycerides, LDL-cholesterol, HDL-cholesterol and glucose were determined as previously described (Navab et al. (1997) J Clin Invest, 99:2005-2019) using kits (Sigma), and hs-CRP levels (Rifai et al. (1999) Clin Chen., 45:2136-2141) were determined using a sandwich enzyme immunoassay from Immunodiagnostik (ALPCO Diagnostics, Windham, NH). Statistical significance was 15 determined with model I ANOVA, and significance was defined as a value of p <0.05. 4) Screening physical properties of small peptides. [0232] It was a surprising finding of this invention that a number of physical properties predict the ability of the small peptides (e.g., less than 10 amino acids, preferably less than 8 amino acids, more preferably from about 3 to about 5 or 6 amino 20 acids) of this invention to render HDL more anti-inflammatory and to mitigate atherosclerosis and/or other pathologies characterized by an inflammatory response in a mammal. As explained herein, the physical properties include high solubility in ethyl acetate (e.g., greater than about 4 mg/mL), and solubility in aqueous buffer at pH 7.0. Upon contacting phospholipids such as 1,2-Dimyristoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine 25 (DMPC), in an aqueous environment, the particularly effective small peptides form particles with a diameter of approximately 7.5 nm (± 0.1 nm), and/or form stacked bilayers with a bilayer dimension on the order of 3.4 to 4.1 nm with spacing between the bilayers in the stack of approximately 2 nm, and/or also form vesicular structures of approximately 38 nm). In certain preferred embodiments, the small peptides have a molecular weight of 30 less than about 900 Da. -75- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 [0233] Virtually any small peptide can readily be screened for one or more of these properties, e.g., as described herein in Example 3. Indeed combinatorial libraries of small peptides containing greater than about 10 4 , or 10 5 , more preferably greater than about 106 or 10 7 , and most preferably greater than about 108 or 10 9 small peptides can readily be 5 produced using methods well known to those of skill the art. The peptide libraries can be random libraries, or, alternatively, in certain embodiments, the libraries will comprise small peptides made in accordance with one or more of the formulas provided herein. [0234] The peptide libraries can then readily be screened, e.g., using high throughput screening methods for one more of the physical properties described above. 10 Peptides that test positive in these assays are likely to have the ability to render BDL more anti-inflammatory and to mitigate atherosclerosis and/or other pathologies characterized by an inflammatory response in a mammal. [0235] It is noted that the foregoing screening methods are merely illustrative and not intended to be limiting. Using the teachings provided herein, other assays for the 15 desired functional properties of the peptides can readily be provided. X. Peptide preparation. A) General synthesis methods. [0236] The peptides used in this invention can be chemically synthesized using standard chemical peptide synthesis techniques or, particularly where the peptide does not 20 comprise "D" amino acid residues, the peptide can readily be recombinantly expressed. Where the "'D" polypeptides are recombinantly expressed, a host organism (e.g., bacteria, plant, fungal cells, etc.) can be cultured in an environment where one or more of the amino acids is provided to the organism exclusively in a D form. Recombinantly expressed peptides in such a system then incorporate those D amino acids. 25 [02371 In certain embodiments, D amino acids can be incorporated in recombinantly expressed peptides using modified amino acyl-tRNA synthetases that recognize D-amino acids. [0238] In certain preferred embodiments the peptides are chemically synthesized by any of a number of fluid or solid phase peptide synthesis techniques known to those of -76- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 skill in the art. Solid phase synthesis in which the C-terminal amino acid of the sequence is attached to an insoluble support followed by sequential addition of the remaining amino acids in the sequence is a preferred method for the chemical synthesis of the polypeptides of this invention. Techniques for solid phase synthesis are well known to those of skill in 5 the art and are described, for example, by Barany and Merrifield (1963) Solid-Phase Peptide Synthesis; pp. 3-284 in The Peptides: Analysis, Synthesis, Biology. Vol. 2: Special Methods in PeptideSynthesis, Part A.; Merrifield et al. (1963) J. Am. Chem. Soc., 85: 2149-2156, and Stewart et al. (1984) Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis, 2nd ed. Pierce Chem. Co., Rockford, Ill. 10 [0239] In one embodiment, the peptides are synthesized by the solid phase peptide synthesis procedure using a benzhyderylamine resin (Beckman Bioproducts, 0.59 mmol of
NH
2 /g of resin) as the solid support. The COOH terminal amino acid (e.g., t butylcarbonyl-Phe) is attached to the solid support through a 4-(oxymethyl)phenacetyl group. This is a more stable linkage than the conventional benzyl ester linkage, yet the 15 finished peptide can still be cleaved by hydrogenation. Transfer hydrogenation using formic acid as the hydrogen donor is used for this purpose. Detailed protocols used for peptide synthesis and analysis of synthesized peptides are describe in a miniprint supplement accompanying Anantharamaiah et al. (1985) J. Biol. Chem., 260(16): 10248 10255. 20 [0240] It is noted that in the chemical synthesis of peptides, particularly peptides comprising D amino acids, the synthesis usually produces a number of truncated peptides in addition to the desired full-length product. The purification process (e.g., HPLC) typically results in the loss of a significant amount of the full-length product. [0241] It was a discovery of this invention that, particularly in the synthesis of a D 25 peptide (e.g., D-4), in order to prevent loss in purifying the longest form one can dialyze and use the mixture and thereby eliminate the last HPLC purification. Such a mixture loses about 50% of the potency of the highly purified product (e.g., per wt of protein product), but the mixture contains about 6 times more peptide and thus greater total activity. -77- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 B) Incorporating D-form amino acids. [0242] D-amino acids can be incorporated at one or more positions in the peptide simply by using a D-form derivatized amino acid residue in the chemical synthesis. D form residues for solid phase peptide synthesis are commercially available from a number 5 of suppliers (see, e.g., Advanced Chem Tech, Louisville; Nova Biochem, San Diego; Sigma, St Louis; Bachem California Inc., Torrance, etc.). The D-form amino acids can be completely omitted or incorporated at any position in the peptide as desired. Thus, for example, in certain embodiments, the peptide can comprise a single D-amino acid, while in other embodiments, the peptide comprises at least two, generally at least three, more 10 generally at least four, most generally at least five, preferably at least six, more preferably at least seven and most preferably at least eight D amino acids. In particularly preferred embodiments, essentially every other (enantiomeric) amino acid is a D-form amino acid. In certain embodiments at least 90%, preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95% of the enantiomeric amino acids are D-form amino acids. In one particularly preferred 15 embodiment, essentially every enantiomeric amino acid is a D-form amino acid. C) Solution phase synthesis methods. [0243] In certain embodiments, the peptides of this inventioin can readily be synthesized using solution phase methods. One such synthesis scheme is illustrated in Figures 1 and 2. 20 [0244] In this scheme, A,B, C and D represent amino acids in the desired peptide. X- represents a permanent o-amino protecting group. Y-represents a permanent aX carboxyl protecting group. Letters m and n represent side chain protecting groups if the N- and C-terminal amino acids possess side chain functional groups. Side chain protecting groups o and p are protecting groups that can be removed by a treatment such 25 as catalytic transfer hydrogenation using ammonium formate as the hydrogen donor (Anantharamaiah and Sivanandaiah (1977) Chem Soc. Perkin Trans. 490: 1-5; and Babiker et al. (1978) J. Org. Chem. 44: 3442-3444) under the (neutral) conditions in which side chain protecting groups m and p and ca-amino and a-carboxyl protecting groups are stable. HOBT-HBTU represents condensing reagents under which minimum 30 reacimization is observed. -78- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 [0245] To the activated amino acid X-A(m) in presence of 1 hydroxybenzotriazole-2(H-Benzotriazole- 1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethylammonium hexafluorophosphate (HOBT-HBTU) and a small amount of tertiary amine such diisopropylethylamine (DIEA) in DMF is added 2 equivalents of DIEA salt of H 2 N-B(n) 5 COO- and stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction is allowed to go to completion with respect to activated carboxylic acid using excess of amino acid in which a-amino is free and carboxyl is temporarily protected as DIEA salt. The reaction mixture is acidified using aqueous citric acid (10%) and extracted with ethyl acetate. In this process the free amino acid remains in citric acid. After washing ethyl acetate with water, 10 the N-terminal protected dipeptide free acid is extracted with 5% sodium bicarbonate solution and acidified. The dipeptide free acid was extracted with ethyl acetate, the organic layer is dried (Na 2
SO
4 ) and solvent evaporated to obtain the dipeptide free acid. The tripeptide is also obtained in a similar manner by reacting the dipeptide free acid with the suitably protected amino acid in which the a-amino is free and the carboxyl is 15 temporarily protected as a DIEA salt. To obtain the tetrapeptide, the suitably carboxyl protected amino acid was condensed using HOBT-IHBTU. Since the final tetrapeptide is a protected peptide, the reaction mixture after the condensation was taken in ethyl acetate and washed extensively with both aqueous bicarbonate (5%) and citric acid(5%) and then with water. These washings will remove excess of free acid and free base and the 20 condensing reagents. The protected peptide is then reprecipitated using ethyl acetate (or ether) and petroleum ether. The protected free peptide is then subjected to catalytic transfer hydrogenation in presence of freshly prepared palladium black (Pd black) using ammonium formate as the hydrogen donor. This reaction can be carried out in almost neutral condition thus not affecting the acid sensitive side chain protecting groups. This 25 process will remove the protecting groups on amino acids B and C. An example of this procedure is given below using the synthesis of SEQ ID NO:256. [0246] It is noted that this reaction scheme is intended to be illustrative and not limiting. Using the teachings provided herein, other suitable reactions schemes will be known to those of skill in the art. -79- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 D) Protecting groups. [0247] In certain embodiments, the one or more R-groups on the constituent amino acids and/or the terminal amino acids are blocked with a protecting group, most preferably a hydrophobic protecting group. Without being bound by a particular theory, it was a 5 discovery of this invention that blockage, particularly of the amino and/or carboxyl termini of the subject peptides of this invention greatly improves oral delivery and significantly increases serum half-life. [0248] A wide number of protecting groups are suitable for this purpose. Such groups include, but are not limited to acetyl, amide, and alkyl groups with acetyl and alkyl 10 groups being particularly preferred for N-terminal protection and amide groups being preferred for carboxyl terminal protection. In certain embodiments, the blocking groups can additionally act as a detectable label (e.g., N-methyl anthranilyl). [0249] In certain particularly preferred embodiments, the protecting groups include, but are not limited to alkyl chains as in fatty acids, propionyl, formyl, and others. 15 Particularly preferred carboxyl protecting groups include amides, esters, and ether-forming protecting groups. In one preferred embodiment, an acetyl group is used to protect the amino terminus and an amide group is used to protect the carboxyl terminus. These blocking groups enhance the helix-forming tendencies of the peptides. Certain particularly preferred blocking groups include alkyl groups of various lengths, e.g., groups 20 having the formula: CH 3
-(CH
2 )n-CO- where n ranges from about 3 to about 20, preferably from about 3 to about 16, more preferably from about 3 to about 13, and most preferably from about 3 to about 10. [0250] Other protecting groups include, but are not limited to N-methyl anthranilyl, Fmoc, t-butoxycarbonyl (-BOC), 9-fluoreneacetyl group, 1 25 fluorenecarboxylic group, 9-florenecarboxylic group, 9-fluorenone-1-carboxylic group, benzyloxycarbonyl, Xanthyl (Xan), Trityl (Trt), 4-methyltrityl (Mtt), 4-methoxytrityl (Mmt), 4-methoxy-2,3,6-trimethyl-benzenesulphonyl (Mtr), Mesitylene-2-sulphonyl (Mts), 4,4-dimethoxybenzhydryl (Mbh),Tosyl (Tos), 2,2,5,7,8-pentamethyl chroman-6 sulphonyl (Pmc), 4-methylbenzyl (MeBzl), 4-methoxybenzyl (MeOBzl), Benzyloxy 30 (BzlO), Benzyl (Bzl), Benzoyl (Bz), 3-nitro-2-pyridinesulphenyl (Npys), 1-(4,4-dimentyl 2,6-diaxocyclohexylidene)ethyl (Dde), 2,6-dichlorobenzyl (2,6-DiCl-Bzl), 2 -80- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl (2-Cl-Z), 2-bromobenzyloxycarbonyl (2-Br-Z), Benzyloxymethyl (Bom), cyclohexyloxy (cHxO),t-butoxymethyl (Bum), t-butoxy (tBuO), t-Butyl (tBu), Acetyl (Ac), and Trifluoroacetyl (TFA). [0251] Protecting/blocking groups are well known to those of skill as are methods 5 of coupling such groups to the appropriate residue(s) comprising the peptides of this invention (see, e.g., Greene et al., (1991) Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2nd ed., John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Somerset, N.J.). In one preferred embodiment, for example, acetylation is accomplished during the synthesis when the peptide is on the resin using acetic anhydride. Amide protection can be achieved by the selection of a proper resin for 10 the synthesis. During the synthesis of the peptides described herein in the examples, rink amide resin was used. After the completion of the synthesis, the semipermanent protecting groups on acidic bifunctional amino acids such as Asp and Glu and basic amino acid Lys, hydroxyl of Tyr are all simultaneously removed. The peptides released from such a resin using acidic treatment comes out with the n-terminal protected as acetyl and 15 the carboxyl protected as NH 2 and with the simultaneous removal of all of the other protecting groups. XI. Enhancing peptide uptake/oral availability. A) Use of D-amino acids. [0252] It was also a surprising discovery of this invention that when an all L amino 20 acid peptide (e.g., otherwise having the sequence of the peptides of this invention) is administered in conjunction with the D-form (i.e. a peptide of this invention) the uptake of the D-form peptide is increased. Thus, in certain embodiments, this invention contemplates the use of combinations of D-form and L-form peptides in the methods of this invention. The D-form peptide and the L-form peptide can have different amino acid 25 sequences, however, in preferred embodiments, they both have amino acid sequences of peptides described herein, and in still more preferred embodiments, they have the same amino acid sequence. [0253] It was also a discovery of this invention that concatamers of the class A amphipathic helix peptides of this invention are also effective in mitigating one or more 30 symptoms of atherosclerosis. The monomers comprising the concatamers can be coupled -81- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 directly together or joined by a linker. In certain embodiments, the linker is an amino acid linker (e.g., a proline), or a peptide linker (e.g., Gly 4 Ser 3 ) (SEQ ID NO:448). In certain embodiments, the concatamer is a 2 mer, more preferably a 3 mer, still more preferably a 4 mer, and most preferably 5 mer, 8 mer, 10 mer, or 15 mer. 5 B) Alternating D- and L-amino acids. [0254] It was discovered that alternating the sterioisoforms of the amino acids at the center of the peptide will allow hydration of the particle and will better allow the peptide particles to trap pro-inflammatory oxidized lipids such as fatty acid hydroperoxides and phospholipids that contain an oxidation product of arachidonic acid at 10 the sn-2 position. [0255] Thus, in certain embodiments, the peptides described herein can be synthesized to comprise from 4 amino acids to 10-15 amino acids, preferentially (but not necessarily) with the center (non-terminal) amino acids being alternating D and L sterioisomers of the amino acids. The terminal amino acids can be hydrophobic either 15 because of a hydrophobic side chain or because the amino acids bear hydrophobic blocking groups as described herein (e.g., an N-terminus is blocked with Boc-, Fmoc-, Nicotinyl-, and the like and the C-terminus blocked with (tBu)-OtBu and the like. [0256] Examples of such peptides are illustrated in Table 11. 20 [0257] Table 11. Certain examples of peptides containign alternating D- and L residues in the central region. Sequence SEQ ID NO Boc-Lys(EBoc)-D-Arg-L-Asp-Ser(tBu)-OtBu 449 Boc-Lys(EBoc)-L-Arg-D-Asp-Ser(tBu)-OtBu/ 450 [0258] It is noted that while specific amino acid sequences are illustrated in Table 11, alternating D- and L-amino acids can be used in any of the peptides described herein. 25 C) Biotin-derivatized peptides. [0259] In certain embodiments, any of the peptides described herein can be attached (covalently coupled directly or indirectly through a linker) to one or more biotins. -82- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 The biotin interacts with the intestinal sodium-dependent multivitamin transporter and thereby facilitates uptake and bioavailability of orally administered peptides. [0260] The biotin can be directly coupled or coupled through a linker or through a side chain of an amino acid by any of a number of convenient means known to those of 5 skill in the art. In certain embodiments, the biotin is attached to the amino groups of lysine. [0261] A number of biotin-coupled peptides are illustrated in Table 12. [0262] Table 12. Examples of certain preferred peptides: Sequence SEQ ID NO Ac-Asp-Trp-Phe-Lys(-biotin)-Ala-Phe-Tyr-Asp-Lys(e-biotin)-Val-Ala- 451 Glu-Lys(E-biotin)-Phe-Lys(s-biotin)-Glu-Ala-Phe-NH2 Ac-Asp-Trp-Phe-Lys(E-biotin)-Ala-Phe-Tyr-Asp-Lys(E-biotin)-Val-Ala- 452 Glu-Lys(s-biotin)-Phe-Lys-Glu-Ala-Phe-NH2 Ac-Asp-Trp-Phe-Lys-Ala-Phe-Tyr-Asp-Lys(e-biotin)-Val-Ala-Glu-Lys(- 453 biotin)-Phe-Lys(E-biotin)-Glu-Ala-Phe-NH2 Ac-Asp-Trp-Phe-Lys(-biotin)-Ala-Phe-Tyr-Asp-Lys-Val-Ala-Glu-Lys(E- 454 biotin)-Phe-Lys(E-biotin)-Glu-Ala-Phe-NH 2 Ac-Asp-Trp-Phe-Lys(s-biotin)-Ala-Phe-Tyr-Asp-Lys(s-biotin)-Val-Ala- 455 Glu-Lys-Phe-Lys(e-biotin)-Glu-Ala-Phe-NH2 Ac-Asp-Trp-Phe-Lys(a-biotin)-Ala-Phe-Tyr-Asp-Lys-Val-Ala-Glu-Lys- 456 Phe-Lys(6-biotin)-Glu-Ala-Phe-NH2 Ac-Asp-Trp-Phe-Lys(E-biotin)-Ala-Phe-Tyr-Asp-Lys(-biotin)-Val-Ala- 457 Glu-Lys-Phe-Lys-Glu-Ala-Phe-NH 2 Ac-Asp-Trp-Phe-Lys-Ala-Phe-Tyr-Asp-Lys-Val-Ala-Glu-Lys(e-biotin)- 458 Phe-Lys(e-biotin)-Glu-Ala-Phe-NH2 Ac-Asp-Trp-Phe-Lys-Ala-Phe-Tyr-Asp-Lys(e-biotin)-Val-Ala-Glu-Lys- 459 Phe-Lys(E-biotin)-Glu-Ala-Phe-NH 2 Ac-Asp-Trp-Phe-Lys-Ala-Phe-Tyr-Asp-Lys(-biotin)-Val-Ala-Glu-Lys(- 460 biotin)-Phe-Lys-Glu-Ala-Phe-NH 2 Ac-Asp-Trp-Phe-Lys(a-biotin)-Ala-Phe-Tyr-Asp-Lys-Val-Ala-Glu-Lys(s- 461 biotin)-Phe-Lys-Glu-Ala-Phe-NH 2 Ac-Asp-Trp-Phe-Lys(F-biotin)-Ala-Phe-Tyr-Asp-Lys-Val-Ala-Glu-Lys- 462 Phe-Lys-Glu-Ala-Phe-NH 2 Ac-Asp-Trp-Phe-Lys-Ala-Phe-Tyr-Asp-Lys(e-biotin)-Val-Ala-Glu-Lys- 463 Phe-Lys-Glu-Ala-Phe-NH 2 Ac-Asp-Trp-Phe-Lys-Ala-Phe-Tyr-Asp-Lys-Val-Ala-Glu-Lys(E-biotin)- 464 Phe-Lys-Glu-Ala-Phe-NH 2 Ac-Asp-Trp-Phe-Lys-Ala-Phe-Tyr-Asp-Lys-Val-Ala-Glu-Lys-Phe-Lys(- 465 -83- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 biotin)-Glu-Ala-Phe-NH 2 XII. Pharmaceutical formulations. [0263] In order to carry out the methods of the invention, one or more peptides, or pairs of amino acids, or peptide mimetics of this invention are administered, e.g., to an 5 individual diagnosed as having one or more symptoms of atherosclerosis, or as being at risk for atherosclerosis. The peptides, or pairs of amino acids, or peptide mimetics can be administered in the "native" form or, if desired, in the form of salts, esters, amides, prodrugs, derivatives, and the like, provided the salt, ester, amide, prodrug or derivative is suitable pharmacologically, i.e., effective in the present method. Salts, esters, aides, 10 prodrugs and other derivatives of the active agents may be prepared using standard procedures known to those skilled in the art of synthetic organic chemistry and described, for example, by March (1992) Advanced Organic Chemistry; Reactions, Mechanisms and Structure, 4th Ed. N.Y. Wiley-Interscience. [0264] For example, acid addition salts are prepared from the free base using 15 conventional methods, that typically involve reaction with a suitable acid. Generally, the base form of the drug is dissolved in a polar organic solvent such as methanol or ethanol and the acid is added thereto. The resulting salt either precipitates or may be brought out of solution by addition of a less polar solvent. Suitable acids for preparing acid addition salts include both organic acids, e.g., acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic 20 acid, oxalic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid, and the like, as well as inorganic acids, e.g., hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like. An acid addition salt may be reconverted to the free base by 25 treatment with a suitable base. Particularly preferred acid addition salts of the active agents herein are halide salts, such as may be prepared using hydrochloric or hydrobromic acids. Conversely, preparation of basic salts of the peptides or mimetics are prepared in a similar manner using a pharmaceutically acceptable base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, ammonium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, trimethylamine, or the -84- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 like. Particularly preferred basic salts include alkali metal salts, e.g., the sodium salt, and copper salts. [0265] Preparation of esters typically involves functionalization of hydroxyl and/or carboxyl groups, that can be present within the molecular structure of the drug. The esters 5 are typically acyl-substituted derivatives of free alcohol groups, i.e., moieties that are derived from carboxylic acids of the formula RCOOH where R is alky, and preferably is lower alkyl. Esters can be reconverted to the free acids, if desired, by using conventional hydrogenolysis or hydrolysis procedures. [0266] Amides and prodrugs may also be prepared using techniques known to 10 those skilled in the art or described in the pertinent literature. For example, amides may be prepared from esters, using suitable amine reactants, or they may be prepared from an anhydride or an acid chloride by reaction with ammonia or a lower alkyl amine. Prodrugs are typically prepared by covalent attachment of a moiety that results in a compound that is therapeutically inactive until modified by an individual's metabolic system. 15 [0267] The peptides, or pairs of amino acids, or mimetics identified herein are useful for parenteral, topical, oral, nasal (or otherwise inhaled), rectal, or local administration, such as by aerosol or transdermally, for prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatment of atherosclerosis and/or symptoms thereof and/or for one or more of the other indications identified herein. The pharmaceutical compositions can be administered in a 20 variety of unit dosage forms depending upon the method of administration. Suitable unit dosage forms, include, but are not limited to powders, tablets, pills, capsules, lozenges, suppositories, patches, nasal sprays, injectibles, implantable sustained-release formulations, lipid complexes, etc. [0268] The peptides, and/or pairs of amino acids, and/or peptide mimetics of this 25 invention are typically combined with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier (excipient) to form a pharmacological composition. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers can contain one or more physiologically acceptable compound(s) that act, for example, to stabilize the composition or to increase or decrease the absorption of the active agent(s). Physiologically acceptable compounds can include, for example, carbohydrates, such as 30 glucose, sucrose, or dextrans, antioxidants, such as ascorbic acid or glutathione, chelating agents, low molecular weight proteins, protection and uptake enhancers such as lipids, -85- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 compositions that reduce the clearance or hydrolysis of the active agents, or excipients or other stabilizers and/or buffers. [0269] Other physiologically acceptable compounds include wetting agents, emulsifying agents, dispersing agents or preservatives that are particularly useful for 5 preventing the growth or action of microorganisms. Various preservatives are well known and include, for example, phenol and ascorbic acid. One skilled in the art would appreciate that the choice of pharmaceutically acceptable carrier(s), including a physiologically acceptable compound depends, for example, on the route of administration of the active agent(s) and on the particular physio-chemical characteristics of the active 10 agent(s). [0270] The excipients are preferably sterile and generally free of undesirable matter. These compositions may be sterilized by conventional, well-known sterilization techniques. [0271] In therapeutic applications, the compositions of this invention are 15 administered to a patient suffering from one or more symptoms of atherosclerosis or at risk for atherosclerosis in an amount sufficient to cure or at least partially prevent or arrest the disease and/or its complications. An amount adequate to accomplish this is defined as a "therapeutically effective dose." Amounts effective for this use will depend upon the severity of the disease and the general state of the patient's health. Single or multiple 20 administrations of the compositions may be administered depending on the dosage and frequency as required and tolerated by the patient. In any event, the composition should provide a sufficient quantity of the active agents of the formulations of this invention to effectively treat (ameliorate one or more symptoms) the patient. [0272] The concentration of peptide, or pair of amino acids, or mimetic can vary 25 widely, and will be selected primarily based on fluid volumes, viscosities, body weight and the like in accordance with the particular mode of administration selected and the patient's needs. Concentrations, however, will typically be selected to provide dosages ranging from about 0.1 or 1 mg/kg/day to about 50 mg/kg/day and sometimes higher. Typical dosages range from about 3 mg/kg/day to about 3.5 mg/kg/day, preferably from 30 about 3.5 mg/kg/day to about 7.2 mg/kg/day, more preferably from about 7.2 mg/kg/day to about 11.0 mg/kg/day, and most preferably from about 11.0 mg/kg/day to about 15.0 -86- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 mg/kg/day. In certain preferred embodiments, dosages range from about 10 mg/kg/day to about 50 mg/kg/day. It will be appreciated that such dosages may be varied to optimize a therapeutic regimen in a particular subject or group of subjects. [0273] In certain preferred embodiments, the peptides, and/or pairs of amino acids, 5 and/or peptide mimetics of this invention are administered orally (e.g., via a tablet) or as an injectable in accordance with standard methods well known to those of skill in the art. In other preferred embodiments, the peptides, , or pairs of amino acids, can also be delivered through the skin using conventional transdermal drug delivery systems, i.e., transdermal "patches" wherein the active agent(s) are typically contained within a 10 laminated structure that serves as a drug delivery device to be affixed to the skin. In such a structure, the drug composition is typically contained in a layer, or "reservoir," underlying an upper backing layer. It will be appreciated that the term "reservoir" in this context refers to a quantity of "active ingredient(s)" that is ultimately available for delivery to the surface of the skin. Thus, for example, the "reservoir" may include the active 15 ingredient(s) in an adhesive on a backing layer of the patch, or in any of a variety of different matrix formulations known to those of skill in the art. The patch may contain a single reservoir, or it may contain multiple reservoirs. [0274] In one embodiment, the reservoir comprises a polymeric matrix of a pharmaceutically acceptable contact adhesive material that serves to affix the system to 20 the skin during drug delivery. Examples of suitable skin contact adhesive materials include, but are not limited to, polyethylenes, polysiloxanes, polyisobutylenes, polyacrylates, polyurethanes, and the like. Alternatively, the drug-containing reservoir and skin contact adhesive are present as separate and distinct layers, with the adhesive underlying the reservoir which, in this case, may be either a polymeric matrix as described 25 above, or it may be a liquid or hydrogel reservoir, or may take some other form. The backing layer in these laminates, which serves as the upper surface of the device, preferably functions as a primary structural element of the "patch" and provides the device with much of its flexibility. The material selected for the backing layer is preferably substantially impermeable to the active agent(s) and any other materials that are present. 30 [0275] Other preferred formulations for topical drug delivery include, but are not limited to, ointments and creams. Ointments are semisolid preparations, that are typically -87- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 based on petrolatum or other petroleum derivatives. Creams containing the selected active agent are typically viscous liquid or semisolid emulsions, often either oil-in-water or water-in-oil. Cream bases are typically water-washable, and contain an oil phase, an emulsifier and an aqueous phase. The oil phase, also sometimes called the "internal" 5 phase, is generally comprised of petrolatum and a fatty alcohol such as cetyl or stearyl alcohol; the aqueous phase usually, although not necessarily, exceeds the oil phase in volume, and generally contains a humectant. The emulsifier in a cream formulation is generally a nonionic, anionic, cationic or amphoteric surfactant. The specific ointment or cream base to be used, as will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, is one that will 10 provide for optimum drug delivery. As with other carriers or vehicles, an ointment base should be inert, stable, nonirritating and nonsensitizing. [0276] Unlike typical peptide formulations, the peptides, or pairs of amino acids, of this invention comprising D-form amino acids can be administered, even orally, without protection against proteolysis by stomach acid, etc. Nevertheless, in certain embodiments, 15 peptide delivery can be enhanced by the use of protective excipients. This is typically accomplished either by complexing the polypeptide with a composition to render it resistant to acidic and enzymatic hydrolysis or by packaging the polypeptide in an appropriately resistant carrier such as a liposome. Means of protecting polypeptides for oral delivery are well known in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Patent 5,391,377 describing lipid 20 compositions for oral delivery of therapeutic agents). A) Sustained release formulations. [0277] Elevated serum half-life can be maintained by the use of sustained-release protein "packaging" systems. Such sustained release systems are well known to those of skill in the art. In one preferred embodiment, the ProLease biodegradable microsphere 25 delivery system for proteins and peptides (Tracy (1998) Biotechnol. Prog. 14: 108; Johnson et al. (1996), Nature Med. 2: 795; Herbert et al. (1998), Pharmaceut. Res. 15, 357) a dry powder composed of biodegradable polymeric microspheres containing the protein in a polymer matrix that can be compounded as a dry formulation with or without other agents. 30 [0278] The ProLease microsphere fabrication process was specifically designed to achieve a high protein encapsulation efficiency while maintaining protein integrity. The -88- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 process consists of (i) preparation of freeze-dried protein particles from bulk protein by spray freeze-drying the drug solution with stabilizing excipients, (ii) preparation of a drug polymer suspension followed by sonication or homogenization to reduce the drug particle size, (iii) production of frozen drug-polymer microspheres by atomization into liquid 5 nitrogen, (iv) extraction of the polymer solvent with ethanol, and (v) filtration and vacuum drying to produce the final dry-powder product. The resulting powder contains the solid form of the protein, which is homogeneously and rigidly dispersed within porous polymer particles. The polymer most commonly used in the process, poly(lactide-co-glycolide) (PLG), is both biocompatible and biodegradable. 10 [0279] Encapsulation can be achieved at low temperatures (e.g., -40'C). During encapsulation, the protein is maintained in the solid state in the absence of water, thus minimizing water-induced conformational mobility of the protein, preventing protein degradation reactions that include water as a reactant, and avoiding organic-aqueous interfaces where proteins may undergo denaturation. A preferred process uses solvents in 15 which most proteins are insoluble, thus yielding high encapsulation efficiencies (e.g., greater than 95%). [0280] In another embodiment, one or more components of the solution can be provided as a "concentrate", e.g., in a storage container (e.g., in a premeasured volume) ready for dilution, or in a soluble capsule ready for addition to a volume of water. 20 B) Combined formulations. [0281] In certain instances, one or more peptides, and/or pairs of amino acids, of this invention are administered in conjunction with one or more active agents (e.g., statins, beta blockers, ACE inhibitors, lipids, etc.). The two agents (e.g., peptide and statin) can be administered simultaneously or sequentially. When administered sequentially the two 25 agents are administered so that both achieve a physiologically relevant concentration over a similar time period (e.g., so that both agents are active at some common time). [0282] In certain embodiments, both agents are administered simultaneously. In such instances it can be convenient to provide both agents in a single combined formulation. This can be achieved by a variety of methods well known to those of skill in 30 the art. For example, in a tablet formulation the tablet can comprise two layers one layer -89- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 comprising, e.g., the statin(s), and the other layer comprising e.g., the peptide(s). In a time release capsule, the capsule can comprise two time release bead sets, one for the peptide(s) and one containing the statin(s). [0283] The foregoing formulations and administration methods are intended to be 5 illustrative and not limiting. It will be appreciated that, using the teaching provided herein, other suitable formulations and modes of administration can be readily devised. XIII. Additional pharmacologically active agents. [0284] Additional pharmacologically active agents may be delivered along with the primary active agents, e.g., the peptides, or pairs of amino acids, of this invention. In 10 one embodiment, such agents include, but are not limited to agents that reduce the risk of atherosclerotic events and/or complications thereof. Such agents include, but are not limited to beta blockers, beta blockers and thiazide diuretic combinations, statins, aspirin, ace inhibitors, ace receptor inhibitors (ARBs), and the like. A) Statins. 15 [0285] It was a surprising discovery that administration of one or more peptides of this invention "concurrently" with one or more statins synergistically enhances the effect of the statin(s). That is, the statins can achieve a similar efficacy at lower dosage thereby obviating potential adverse side effects (e.g., muscle wasting) associated with these drugs and/or cause the statins to be significantly more anti-inflammatory at any given dose. 20 [0286] The major effect of the statins is to lower LDL-cholesterol levels, and they lower LDL-cholesterol more than many other types of drugs. Statins generally inhibit an enzyme, HMG-CoA reductase, which controls the rate of cholesterol production in the body. These drugs typically lower cholesterol by slowing down the production of cholesterol and by increasing the liver's ability to remove the LDL-cholesterol already in 25 the blood. [0287] The large reductions in total and LDL-cholesterol produced by these drugs appears to result in large reductions in heart attacks and heart disease deaths. Thanks to their track record in these studies and their ability to lower LDL-cholesterol, statins have become the drugs most often prescribed when a person needs a cholesterol-lowering -90- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 medicine. Studies using statins have reported 20 to 60 percent lower LDL-cholesterol levels in patients on these drugs. Statins also reduce elevated triglyceride levels and produce a modest increase in HDL-cholesterol. Recently it has been appreciated that statins have anti-inflammatory properties that may not be directly related to the degree of 5 lipid lowering achieved. For example it has been found that statins decrease the plasma levels of the inflammatory marker CRP relatively independent of changes in plasma lipid levels. This anti-inflammatory activity of statins has been found to be as or more important in predicting the reduction in clinical events induced by statins than is the degree of LDL lowering. 10 [0288] The statins are usually given in a single dose at the evening meal or at bedtime. These medications are often given in the evening to take advantage of the fact that the body makes more cholesterol at night than during the day. When combined with the peptides described herein, the combined peptide/statin treatment regimen will also typically be given in the evening. 15 [0289] Suitable statins are well known to those of skill in the art. Such statins include, but are not limited to atorvastatin (Lipitor@, Pfizer), simvastatin (Zocor@, MerckO, pravastatin (Pravachol@, Bristol-Myers Squibb@, fluvastatin (Lescol@, Novartis), lovastatin (Mevacor@, Merck), rosuvastatin (Crestor@, Astra Zeneca), and Pitavastatin (Sankyo), and the like. 20 [0290] The combined statin/peptide dosage can be routinely optimized for each patient. Typically statins show results after several weeks, with a maximum effect in 4 to 6 weeks. Prior to combined treatment with a statin and one of the peptides described herein, the physician would obtain routine tests for starting a statin including LDL cholesterol and HDL-cholesterol levels. Additionally, the physician would also measure 25 the anti-inflammatory properties of the patient's HDL and determine CRP levels with a high sensitivity assay. After about 4 to 6 weeks of combined treatment, the physician would typically repeat these tests and adjust the dosage of the medications to achieve maximum lipid lowering and maximum anti-inflammatory activity. -91- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 B) Cholesterol absorption inhibitors. [0291] In certain embodiments, one or more peptides, and/or pairs of amino acids, of this invention are administered to a subject in conjunction with one or more cholesterol absorption inhibitors. The peptide(s) can be administered before, after, or simultaneously 5 with the cholesterol absorption inhibitor. In the latter case, the cholesterol absorption inhibitor can be provided as a separate formulation or as a combined formulation with one or more of the peptide(s). [0292] Cholesterol absorption inhibitors are well known to those of skill in the art. One important cholesterol absorption inhibitor is Ezetimibe, also known as 1-(4 10 fluorophenyl)-3(R)-[3-(4-fluorophenyl)-3(S)-hydroxypropyl]-4(S)-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-2 azetidinone (available from Merck). Ezetimibe reduces blood cholesterol by inhibiting the absorption of cholesterol by the small intestine. C) Beta blocers. [0293] Suitable beta blockers include, but are not limited to cardioselective 15 (selective beta 1 blockers), e.g., acebutolol (Sectralf), atenolol (TenorminTm), betaxolol (Kerlone T M ), bisoprolol (Zebeta
TM
), metoprolol (LopressorM), and the like. Suitable non selective blockers (block beta 1 and beta 2 equally) include, but are not limited to carteolol (Cartrol T M ), nadolol (Corgard T M ), penbutolol (Levatol
TM
), pindolol (Visken T M ), carvedilol, (Coreg
T
), propranolol (Inderal
TM
), timolol (Blockadren
TM
), labetalol (Normodyne T M , 20 Trandate T M ), and the like. [0294] Suitable beta blocker thiazide diuretic combinations include, but are not limited to Lopressor HCT, ZIAC, Tenoretic, Corzide, Timolide, Inderal LA 40/25, Inderide, Normozide, and the like. D) ACE inhibitors. 25 [0295] Suitable ace inhibitors include, but are not limited to captopril (e.g., Capoten T M by Squibb), benazepril (e.g., LotensinTM by Novartis), enalapril (e.g., VasotecTM by Merck), fosinopril (e.g., MonoprilTM by Bristol-Myers), lisinopril (e.g., PrinivilTM by Merck or Zestrilff by Astra-Zeneca), quinapril (e.g., Accupril T M by Parke Davis), ramipril (e.g., Altace TM by Hoechst Marion Roussel, King Pharmaceuticals), -92- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 imidapril, perindopril erbumine (e.g., AceonTM by Rhone-Polenc Rorer), trandolapril (e.g., MavikTM by Knoll Pharmaceutical), and the like. Suitable ARBS (Ace Receptor Blockers) include but are not limited to losartan (e.g., CozaarTM by Merck), irbesartan (e.g., Avaprolm by Sanofi), candesartan (e.g., AtacandTm by Astra Merck), valsartan (e.g., 5 Diovanrm by Novartis), and the like. E) Lipid-based formulations. [0296] In certain embodiments, the peptides, and/or pairs of amino acids, of this invention are administered in conjunction with one or more lipids. The lipids can be formulated as an active agent, and/or as an excipient to protect and/or enhance 10 transport/uptake of the peptides, or they can be administered separately. [0297] Without being bound by a particular theory, it was discovered of this invention that administration (e.g., oral administration) of certain phospholipids can significantly increase HDL/LDL ratios. In addition, it is believed that certain medium length phospholipids are transported by a process different than that involved in general 15 lipid transport. Thus, co-administration of certain medium-length phospholipids with the peptides of this invention confer a number of advantages: They protect the phospholipids from digestion or hydrolysis, they improve peptide uptake, and they improve HDL/LDL ratios. [0298] The lipids can be formed into liposomes that encapsulate the polypeptides 20 of this invention and/or they can be simply complexed/admixed with the polypeptides. Methods of making liposomes and encapsulating reagents are well known to those of skill in the art (see, e.g., Martin and Papahadjopoulos (1982) J. Biol. Chen., 257: 286-288; Papahadjopoulos et al. (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 88: 11460-11464; Huang et al. (1992) Cancer Res., 52:6774-6781; Lasic et al. (1992) FEBS Lett., 312: 255-258., and the 25 like). [0299] Preferred phospholipids for use in these methods have fatty acids ranging from about 4 carbons to about 24 carbons in the sn-i and sn-2 positions. In certain preferred embodiments, the fatty acids are saturated. In other preferred embodiments, the fatty acids can be unsaturated. Various preferred fatty acids are illustrated in Table 13. -93- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 [0300] Table 13. Preferred fatty acids in the sn-1 and/or sn-2 position of the preferred phospholipids for administration of D polypeptides. Carbon No. Common Name IUPAC Name 3:0 Propionoyl Trianoic 4:0 Butanoyl Tetranoic 5:0 Pentanoyl Pentanoic 6:0 Caproyl Hexanoic 7:0 Heptanoyl Heptanoic 8:0 Capryloyl Octanoic 9:0 Nonanoyl Nonanoic 10:0 Capryl Decanoic 11:0 Undcanoyl Undecanoic 12:0 Lauroyl Dodecanoic 13:0 Tridecanoyl Tridecanoic 14:0 Myristoyl Tetradecanoic 15:0 Pentadecanoyl Pentadecanoic 16:0 Palmitoyl Hexadecanoic 17:0 Heptadecanoyl Heptadecanoic 18:0 Stearoyl Octadecanoic 19:0 Nonadecanoyl Nonadecanoic 20:0 Arachidoyl Eicosanoic 21:0 Heniecosanoyl Heniecosanoic 22:0 Behenoyl Docosanoic 23:0 Trucisanoyl Trocosanoic 24:0 Lignoceroyl Tetracosanoic 14:1 Myristoleoyl (9-cis) 14:1 Myristelaidoyl (9-trans) 16:1 Palmitoleoyl (9-cis) 16:1 Palmitelaidoyl (9-trans) The fatty acids in these positions can be the same or different. Particularly preferred 5 phospholipids have phosphorylcholine at the sn-3 position. XIV. Kits. [0301] In another embodiment this invention provides kits for amelioration of one or more symptoms of atherosclerosis and/or for the prophylactic treatment of a subject -94- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 (human or animal) at risk for atherosclerosis and/or for stimulating the formation and cycling of pre-beta high density lipoprotein-like particles and/or for inhibiting one or more symptoms of osteoporosis. The kits preferably comprise a container containing one or more of the peptides, and/or pairs of amino acids, and/or peptide mimetics of this 5 invention. The peptide, and/or pairs of amino acids, and/or peptide mimetic can be provided in a unit dosage formulation (e.g., suppository, tablet, caplet, patch, etc.) and/or may be optionally combined with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. [0302] The kit can, optionally, further comprise one or more other agents used in the treatment of heart disease and/or atherosclerosis. Such agents include, but are not 10 limited to, beta blockers, vasodilators, aspirin, statins, ace inhibitors or ace receptor inhibitors (ARBs) and the like, e.g., as described above. [0303] In certain preferred embodiments, the kits additionally include a statin (e.g., cerivastatin, atorvastatin, simvastatin, pravastatin, fluvastatin, lovastatin. rosuvastatin, pitavastatin, etc.) either formulated separately or in a combined formulation with the 15 peptide(s). Typically the dosage of a statin in such a formulation can be lower than the dosage of a statin typically presecribed without the synergistic peptide. [0304] In addition, the kits optionally include labeling and/or instructional materials providing directions (i.e., protocols) for the practice of the methods or use of the "therapeutics" or "prophylactics" of this invention. Preferred instructional materials 20 describe the use of one or more polypeptides, and/or pairs of amino acids, of this invention to mitigate one or more symptoms of atherosclerosis and/or to prevent the onset or increase of one or more of such symptoms in an individual at risk for atherosclerosis and/or to stimulate the formation and cycling of pre-beta high density lipoprotein-like particles and/or to inhibit one or more symptoms of osteoporosis and/or to mitigate one or 25 more symptoms of a pathology characterized by an inflammatory response. The instructional materials may also, optionally, teach preferred dosages/therapeutic regiment, counter indications and the like. [0305] While the instructional materials typically comprise written or printed materials they are not limited to such. Any medium capable of storing such instructions 30 and communicating them to an end user is contemplated by this invention. Such media include, but are not limited to electronic storage media (e.g., magnetic discs, tapes, -95- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 cartridges, chips), optical media (e.g., CD ROM), and the like. Such media may include addresses to internet sites that provide such instructional materials. EXAMPLES [0306] The following examples are offered to illustrate, but not to limit the 5 claimed invention. Example 1 Evaluation of Small Peptides to Mediate Symptoms of Atherosclerosis and other Inflammatory Pathologies. [0307] The apo A-I mimetic peptides described herein (see, e.g., Table 1) exhibit 10 antiatherogenic properties similar to apo A-I in that they remove the "seeding molecules" (e.g., oxidized phospholipids such as Ox-PAPC, POVPC, PGPC, and PEIPC, etc.) necessary for artery wall cells to oxidized LDL and are similar to apo A-I in that they ameliorated atherosclerosis in mouse models. [0308] The apo A-I mimetic peptides (e.g., D-4F, SEQ ID NO:8), differ from apo 15 A-I in that they are also active in a co-incubation similar to apo J (see, e.g., USSN 10/120,508 and PCT/US03/09988). These peptides generally do not have substantial sequence homology to apo A-I, but have homology in their helical structure and in their ability to bind lipids. [0309] The smaller peptides described herein (see, e.g., Tables 4-7 herein) are 20 similar to native apoA-I in that they prevent LDL oxidation and LDL-induced monocyte chemotactic activity in a pre-incubation with artery wall cells but not in a co-incubation (see, e.g., Figure 3). [0310] The peptide described in Figure 3 was also active in vivo (Figure 4). The tetrapeptide or D-4F (SEQ ID NO:8) were added at 5 sg/ml to the drinking water or not 25 added to the drinking water of apoE null mice (a mouse model of human atherosclerosis). After 18 hours the mice were bled and their lipoproteins isolated by FPLC. Adding the fractions containing mature BDL or the FPLC fractions after these fractions where pre beta HDL would be expected (particles that come off the FPLC column just after the main HDL peak; post HDL) from mice that received drinking water without peptide increased -96- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 the monocyte chemotactic activity induced by a control LDL added to a human artery wall cell coculture (Figure 4). In contrast, adding HDL or the post HDL FPLC fractions from the mice that received the tetrapeptide or D-4F in their drinking water significantly decreased the LDL-induced monocyte chemotactic activity indicating that the tetrapeptide 5 and D-4F converted these lipoproteins from a pro-inflammatory to an anti-inflammatory state (Figure 4). [0311] As shown in Figure 5, LDL taken from the mice that received the tetrapeptide or D-4F induced significantly less monocyte chemotactic activity than did LDL from mice that did not receive the peptides confirming the biologic activity of the 10 orally administered D-tetrapeptide. [0312] Figure 6 demonstrates that HDL taken 20 min or 6 hours after SEQ ID NO:258 from Table 4 synthesized from D-amino acids was instilled into the stomachs of apoE null mice by stomach tube, was converted from pro-inflammatory to anti inflammatory and was similar to that from mice that received D-4F and quite different 15 from mice that received a peptide with the same D-amino acids as in D-4F but arranged in such a way as to prevent the formation of a class A amphipathic helix and hence rendering the peptide unable to bind lipids (scrambled D-4F). [0313] Figure 7 demonstrates that at both 20 min and 6 hours after oral administration of D-4F or SEQ ID NO:258 synthesized from D-amino acids the mouse 20 LDL was significantly less able to induce monocyte chemotactic activity compared to LDL taken from mice that received the scrambled D-4F peptide. [0314] Figure 8 demonstrates that adding SEQ ID NO:238 in Table 4 (synthesized from all D-amino acids) to the food of apoE null mice for 18 hours converted the pro inflammatory HDL of apoE null mice to anti-inflammatory HDL. 25 [0315] Figure 9 demonstrates that in vitro SEQ ID NO:258 in Table 4 was ten times more potent than SEQ ID NO:238. [0316] As shown in Figure 3 SEQ ID NO:238 at 125 pLg/ml was only mildly effective while as shown in Figure 9, SEQ ID NO:258 was highly active at 12.5 gg/ml in a pre-incubation in vitro. -97- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 [03171 The experiments shown in Figure 10 demonstrate that SEQ ID NO:243, SEQ ID NO: 242, and SEQ ID NO:256 from Table 4 were also able to convert the pro inflammatory HDL of apoE null mice to anti-inflammatory HDL. [0318] The activity of particular peptides of this invention is dependent on 5 particular amino acid substitutions as shown in Figures 11, 12, and 13. SEQ ID NO:254 is identical with SEQ TD NO:258 except that the positions of the arginine and glutamic acid amino acids are reversed in the sequence (i.e. SEQ ID NO:254 is Boc-Lys(EBoc)-Glu Arg-Ser(tBu)-OtBu, while SEQ ID NO:258 is Boc-Lys(eBoc)-Arg-Glu-Ser(tBu)-OtBu). As a result of this seemingly minor change, SEQ ID NO: 254 is substantially less effective 10 in these assays than SEQ ID NO:258. [0319] The experiments described in Figures 11 and 12 demonstrate that SEQ ID NO:258 from Table 4 was more effective in converting pro-inflammatory HDL to anti inflammatory HDL and rendering LDL less able to induce monocyte chemotactic activity than was either SEQ ID NO:254 or SEQ ID NO:282. 15 [0320] Serum Amyloid A (SAA) is a positive acute phase reactant in mice that is similar to C-Reactive Protein (CRP) in humans. The data in Figure 13 indicate that this acute phase reactant was significantly reduced in plasma after injection of SEQ ID NO:258 and to a lesser, non-significant degree after injection of SEQ ID NO:254 and 282. [0321] Figure 14 demonstrates that the peptide described in Table 4 as SEQ ID 20 NO:258, when synthesized from all L-amino acids and given to apoE null mice orally converted pro-inflammatory HDL to anti-inflammatory and increased plasma paraoxonase activity (Figure 15). [0322] Figures 16, 17, 18, and 19 demonstrate that the peptide described in Table 4 as SEQ ID NO:258 when synthesized from all D-amino acids and given orally to apoE 25 null mice rendered HDL anti-inflammatory (Figures 16 and 17), reducing LDL-induced monocyte chemotactic activity (Figure 17) and increasing plasma HDL-cholesterol (Figure 18) and increasing HDL paraoxonase activity (Figure 19). These data also show that SEQ ID NO:238, when synthesized from all L-amino acids and given orally to apoE null mice, did not significantly alter IDL inflammatory properties (Figures 16 and 17) nor did it 30 significantly alter LDL-induced monocyte chemotactic activity (Figure 17) nor did it significantly alter plasma HDL-cholesterol concentrations (Figure 18), nor did it -98- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 significantly alter HDL paraoxonase activity (Figure 19). Additionally these data show that when SEQ ID NO:238 from Table 4 was synthesized from all D-amino acids and was given orally to apoE null mice, HDL was rendered anti-inflammatory (Figures 16 and 17), and reduced LDL-induced monocyte chemotactic activity (Figure 17), but neither change 5 was as dramatic as with SEQ ID NO:258. Moreover, unlike SEQ ID NO:258, SEQ ID NO:238 from Table 4 when synthesized from all D-amino acids did not raise plasma HDL-cholesterol concentrations (Figure 18) and did not increase HDL paraoxonase activity (Figure 19). We conclude that SEQ ID NO:238 from Table 4 when synthesized from L-amino acids is not effective when given orally but is effective when synthesized 10 from D-amino acids, but is substantially less effective than SEQ ID NO:258. [0323] The data presented herein demonstrate that SEQ ID NO:238 when synthesized from all L-amino acids and given orally is generally ineffective, and when synthesized from all D-amino acids, while effective, is substantially less effective than the same dose of SEQ ID NO:258 synthesized from all D-amino acids when administered 15 orally. Example 2 Peptides Synergize Statin Activity [0324] Figures 20 and 21 show the very dramatic synergy between a statin (pravastatin) and D-4F in ameliorating atherosclerosis in apoE null mice. Mice are known 20 to be resistant to statins. The mice that received pravastatin in their drinking water at 20 ig/ml consumed a dose of pravastatin equal to 175 mg per day for a 70Kg human and the mice that received pravastatin in their drinking water at 50 pg/ml consumed a dose of pravastatin equal to 437.5 mg per day for a 70Kg human. As shown in Figures 20 and 21, these very high doses of pravastatin were not effective in ameliorating atherosclerotic 25 lesions in apoE null mice. As shown in Figures 20 and 21, adding D-4F alone to the drinking water of the apoE null mice at concentrations of 2 tg/ml or 5 pg/ml did not reduce atherosclerotic lesions. These doses of D-4F would be equivalent to doses of 17.5 mg per day, and 43.75 mg per day, respectively, for a 70Kg human. Remarkably, as shown in Figures 20 and 21, adding the same concentrations of pravastatin and D-4F 30 together to the drinking water of the apoE null mice essentially abolished atherosclerosis -99- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 in these mice. This indicates a very high degree of synergy between a statin (pravastatin) and D-4F. [0325] Figure 22 shows that SEQ ID NO.198 and SEQ ID NO. 203 from Table 4 were equally effective or even more effective than D-4F in reducing the lipid 5 hydroperoxide content of both LDL and HDL in apoE null mice. These data are consistent with D-4F and the peptides described in this application acting in part by sequestering the "seeding molecules" necessary for LDL to induce the inflammatory atherosclerotic reaction. Taken together with the data shown in Figures 3 to 19 it is very likely that the peptides described in this application (e.g., SEQ ID NO:250 198 and SEQ ID NO: 258 10 from Table 4) will be as or more effective than D-4F in ameliorating atherosclerosis. Example 3 Physical Properties of Novel Small Organic Molecules (molecular weight <900 daltons) that Predict Ability to Render HDL More Anti-inflammatory and Mitieate Atherosclerosis in a Mammal 15 [0326] It was a surprising finding of this invention that a number of physical properties predict the ability of the small peptides of this invention to render HDL more anti-inflammatory and to mitigate atherosclerosis and/or other pathologies characterized by an inflammatory response in a mammal. The physical properties include high solubility in ethyl acetate (e.g., greater than about 4mg/mL), and solubility in aqueous 20 buffer at pH 7.0. Upon contacting phospholipids such as 1,2-Dimyristoyl-sn-glycero-3 phosphocholine (DMPC), in an aqueous environment, the particularly effective small peptides form particles with a diameter of approximately 7.5 nm (± 0.1 nm), and/or form stacked bilayers with a bilayer dimension on the order of 3.4 to 4.1 nm with spacing between the bilayers in the stack of approximately 2 nm, and/or also form vesicular 25 structures of approximately 38 nm). In certain preferred embodiments, the small peptides have a molecular weight of less than about 900 Da. [03271 The predictive effectof these physical properties is illustrated by a comparison of two sequences: SEQ ID NO 254: Boc-Lys(sBoc)-Glu-Arg-Ser(tBu)-OtBu; and 30 SEQ ID NO 258: Boc-Lys(aBoc)-Arg-Glu-Ser(tBu)-OtBu -100- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 [0328] To evaluate solubility in ethyl acetate, each peptide was weighed and added to a centrifuge tube and ethyl acetate (HPLC grade; residue after evaporation <0.0001%) was added to give a concentration of 10 mg/mL. The tubes were sealed, vortexed and kept at room temperature for 30 minutes with vortexing every 10 minutes. The tubes were then 5 centrifuged for 5 minutes at 10, 000 rpm and the supernatant was removed to a previously weighed tube. The ethyl acetate was evaporated under argon and the tubes weighed to determine the amount of peptide that had been contained in the supernatant. The percent of the originally added peptide that was dissolved in the supernatant is shown on the Y axis. The data are mean ± S.D. Control represents sham treated tubes; SEQ ID NO 254 10 and SEQ ID NO 258 were both synthesized from all D-amino acids; SEQ ID NO 250 was synthesized from all L-amino acids. [0329] As shown in Figure 23, SEQ ID NO 258 is very soluble in ethyl acetate while SEQ ID NO 254 is not (both synthesized from all D-amino acids). Additionally the data in Figure 23 demonstrate that SEQ ID NO 250 [Boc-Phe-Arg-Glu-Leu-OtBu] 15 (synthesized from all L-amino acids) is also very soluble in ethyl acetate. [0330] To 1mg/ml of DMPC suspension in phosphate buffered saline (PBS) was added 10% deoxycholate until the DMPC was dissolved. Peptides, SEQ ID NO 258 or SEQ ID NO 254, were added (DMPC: peptide; 1:10; wt:wt) and the reaction mixture dialyzed. After dialysis the solution remained clear with SEQ ID NO 258 but was turbid 20 after the deoxycholate was removed by dialysis in the case of SEQ ID NO 254. [0331] Figures 24-26-demonstrate that when SEQ ID NO 258 was added to DMPC in an aqueous environment particles with a diameter of approximately 7.5 nm formed, stacked lipid bilayers with a bilayer dimension on the order of 3.4 to 4.1 nm with spacing between the bilayers in the stack of approximately 2 nm formed, and vesicular structures 25 of approximately 38 nm also formed. [0332] In particular, Figure 24 shows an electron micrograph prepared with negative staining and at 147,420x magnification. The arrows indicate SEQ ID NO 258 particles measuring 7.5 nm (they appear as small white particles). [0333] As illustrated in Figure 25 a peptide comprising SEQ ID NO 258 added to 30 DMPC in an aqueous environment forms particles with a diameter of approximately 7.5 nm (white arrows), and stacked lipid-peptide bilayers (striped arrows pointing to the white -101- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 lines in the cylindrical stack of disks) with a bilayer dimension on the order of 3.4 to 4.1 nm with spacing between the bilayers (black lines between white lines in the stack of disks) of approximately 2 nm. [0334] Figure 26 shows that the peptide of SEQ ID NO 258 added to DMPC in an 5 aqueous environment forms stacked lipid-peptide bilayers (striped arrow) and vesicular structures of approximately 38 nm white arrows). [0335] Figure 27 shows that DMPC in an aqueous environment without SEQ ID NO 258 does not form particles with a diameter of approximately 7.5 nm, or stacked lipid petide bilayers, nor vesicular structures of approximately 38 nm. 10 [03361 The peptide of SEQ ID NO 254 (which differs from the peptide of SEQ ID NO 258 only in the order of arginine and glutamic acid in regard to the amino and carboxy termini of the peptide) did not form particles with a diameter of approximately 7.5 nm, or stacked lipid-peptide bilayers, nor vesicular structures of approximately 38 nm under the conditions as described in Figure 24 (data not shown). Thus, the order of arginine and 15 glutamic acid in the peptide dramatically altered its ability to interact with DMPC and this was predicted by the solubility in ethyl acetate (i.e., the peptide of SEQ ID NO 258 was highly soluble in ethyl acetate and formed particles with a diameter of approximately 7.5 nm, and stacked lipid-peptide bilayers, as well as vesicular structures of approximately 38 nm, while the peptide of SEQ ID NO 254 was poorly soluble in ethyl acetate and did not 20 form these structures under the conditions described in Figure 24). In addition to the protocol described in Figure 24, similar results were also obtained if the DMPC suspension in PBS was added to the peptide of SEQ ID NO 258 (DMPC:peptide; 1:10; wt:wt) or to the peptide of SEQ ID NO 254 (DMPC:peptide; 1:10; wt:wt) and the mixture recycled between just above the transition temperature of DMPC (just above 50'C) and 25 room temperature each hour for several cycles and then left at room temperature for 48 hours (data not shown). [0337] The physical properties of the peptide of SEQ ID NO 258 (but not the peptide of SEQ ID NO 254) indicate that this peptide has amphipathic properties (i.e., it is highly soluble in ethyl acetate, it is also soluble in aqueous buffer at pH 7.0 [data not 30 shown], and it interacts with DMPC as described above). It was a surprising finding of this invention that the peptides that are highly soluble in ethyl acetate, and are also soluble -102- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 in aqueous buffer at pH 7.0, interacted with DMPC to form lipid-peptide complexes that are remarkably similar to the nascent HDL particles formed by the interaction of apoA-I with cells (Forte, et al. (1993) J. Lipid Res. 34: 317-324). [0338] Table 13 compares the interaction of lipid-free human apoA-I with CHO 5 C 19 cells in vitro with the interaction of SEQ ID NO 258 with DMPC as indicated in Figures 4 -7 above. [0339] Table 13. Comparison of the interaction of the peptide of SEQ ID NO 258 with DMPC as indicated in Figures 24-27 above with the interaction of lipid-free human 10 apoA-I interacting with CHO-C-19 cells as described in Forteet al. (1993) J. Lipid Res. 34: 317-324. Property ApoA-I/Cells SEQ ID NO 258/DMPC Prominent Feature Discoidal particles Stacked bilayers in stacked in rouleaux cylindrical form formation Bilayer dimension 4.6 nm 3.4 - 4.1 nm Spacing between discoidal 1.9 nm. 2.0 nm particles/bilayers Size "Nascent HDL Particles" 7.3 nm 7.5 nm Vesicular structures 34.7 nm 38 nm [0340] Thus, the small peptides described here that are highly soluble in ethyl acetate and are also soluble in aqueous buffers at pH 7.0 interact with lipids (DMPC) 15 similar to apoA-I, which has a molecular weight of 28,000 Daltons. [0341] The molecular models shown in Figures 28-32 demonstrate the spatial characteristics of SEQ ID NO 254 compared to SEQ ID NO 258. [0342] The molecular models shown in Figures 28-32 indicate that both the peptide of SEQ ID NO 254 and the peptide of SEQ ID NO 258 contain polar and non 20 polar portions in each molecule but there are spatial differences in the arrangement of the polar and non-polar components of the two molecules. As a result of the differences in the -103- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 spatial arrangement of the molecules there are differences in the solubility of the two molecules in ethyl acetate (Figure 23) and in their interaction with DMPC (Figures 24-27). [0343] The data in Figures 33-35 demonstrate that the physical properties of the peptide of SEQ ID NO 254 versus the peptide of SEQ ID NO 258 predict the ability of 5 these molecules to render HDL anti-inflammatory and mitigate atherosclerosis when given orally to a mammal. [0344] Female apoE null mice at age 8 weeks were given no additions to their diet (Chow) or received 200 gg/gm chow of SEQ ID NO 254 (+254) or 200 pg/gm chow of SEQ ID NO 258 (+258), both synthesized from all D-amino acids. After 15 weeks the 10 mice were bled and their plasma fractionated by FPLC and their HDL (mHDL) tested in a human artery wall cell coculture. A standard human LDL (at 100 gg/mL of LDL cholesterol) was added alone (LDL) or not added (no addition) or was added with 50 pg/mL of normal human HDL (hHDL) or 50 jig/mL of mouse HDL (mHDL) to human artery wall cocultures and the resulting monocyte chemotactic activity was determined and 15 plotted on the Y-axis. Figure 33 shows that the HDL from apoE null mice was rendered anti-inflammatory after the mice were fed SEQ ID NO 258 but not after SEQ ID NO 254. [0345] As shown in Figure 34 the peptide of SEQ ID NO 258 but not the peptide of SEQ ID NO 254 significantly reduced atherosclerosis in the aortic root (aortic sinus) of the apoE null mice described above. Figure 35 demonstrates that SEQ ID NO 258 but not 20 SEQ ID NO 254 also significantly decreased atherosclerosis in enface preparations of the aortas. Figure 23 demonstrates that the solubility in ethyl acetate of SEQ ID NO 250 synthesized from all L-amino acids (see Figure 23 above) accurately predicts the ability of this molecule to ameliorate atherosclerosis in apoE null mice. [0346] Thus, the physical properties of these small peptides accurately predicted 25 the ability of the peptides to ameliorate atherosclerosis in apoE null mice. [0347] We thus teach that small peptides, typically with molecular weights of less than about 900 Daltons that are highly soluble in ethyl acetate (greater than about 4 mg/mL), and also are soluble in aqueous buffer at pH 7.0, and that when contacted with phospholipids such as 1, 2 -Dimyristoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DMPC), in an 30 aqueous environment, form particles with a diameter of approximately 7.5 nm, and/or form stacked bilayers with a bilayer dimension on the order of 3.4 to 4.1 nm with spacing -104- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 between the bilayers in the stack of approximately 2 nm, and/or they also form vesicular structures of approximately 38 nm, when administered to a mammal render HDL more anti-inflammatory and mitigate one or more symptoms of atherosclerosis and other pathologies characterized by an inflammatory response. 5 [0348] It is understood that the examples and embodiments described herein are for illustrative purposes only and that various modifications or changes in light thereof will be suggested to persons skilled in the art and are to be included within the spirit and purview of this application and scope of the appended claims. All publications, patents, and patent applications cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety 10 for all purposes. -105-

权利要求:
Claims (204)
[1] 1. A peptide that ameliorates one or more symptoms of an inflammatory condition, wherein said peptide: 5 ranges in length from 3 to about 5 amino acids; is soluble in ethyl acetate at a concentration greater than about 4mg/mL; is soluble in aqueous buffer at pH 7.0; when contacted with a phospholipid in an aqueous environment, 10 forms particles with a diameter of approximately 7.5 nm and forms stacked bilayers with a bilayer dimension on the order of 3.4 to 4.1 nm with spacing between the bilayers in the stack of approximately 2 nm; has a molecular weight less than about 900 daltons; converts pro-inflammatory HDL to anti-inflammatory HDL or 15 makes anti-inflammatory HDL more anti-inflammatory; and does not have the amino acid sequence Lys-Arg-Asp-Ser (SEQ ID NO:238) in which Lys-Arg-Asp and Ser are all L amino acids.
[2] 2. The peptide of claim 1, wherein said peptide protects a phospholipid against oxidation by an oxidizing agent 20
[3] 3. The peptide of claim 2, wherein said oxidizing agent is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen peroxide, 13(S)-HPODE, 15(S)-HPETE, HPODE, HIPETE, HODE, and HETE.
[4] 4. The peptide of claim 2, wherein said phospholipid is selected from the group consisting of 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphorylcholine 25 (PAPC), 1-stearoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphorylcholine (SAPC)), and 1 stearoyl-2-arachidonyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphorylethanolamine (SAPE).
[5] 5. A peptide that ameliorates one or more symptoms of an inflammatory condition, said peptide having the formula: -106- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 Xl-X2-X3.-X4 wherein: n is 0 or 1; X1 is a hydrophobic amino acid and/or bears a hydrophobic protecting group; 5 X 4 is a hydrophobic amino acid and/or bears a hydrophobic protecting group; and when n is 0: X 2 is an amino acid selected from the group consisting of an acidic amino acid, a basic amino acid, and a histidine; when n is 1: 10 X 2 and X 3 are independently an acidic amino acid, a basic amino acid, an aliphatic amino acid, or an aromatic amino acid such that when X 2 is an acidic amino acid; X 3 is a basic amino acid, an aliphatic amino acid, or an aromatic amino acid; when X 2 is a basic amino acid; X 3 is an acidic amino acid, an 15 aliphatic amino acid, or an aromatic amino acid; and when X 2 is an aliphatic or aromatic amino acid, X 3 is an acidic amino acid, or a basic amino acid; said peptide converts pro-inflammatory HDL to anti-inflammatory HDL or makes anti inflammatory HDL more anti-inflammatory; and 20 said peptide does not have the amino acid sequence Lys-Arg-Asp-Ser (SEQ ID NO:238) in which Lys-Arg-Asp and Ser are all L amino acids.
[6] 6. The peptide of claim 5, wherein n is 0.
[7] 7. The peptide of claim 6, wherein wherein X1 and X 4 are independently selected from the group consisting of alanine (Ala), valine (Val), leucine 25 (Leu), isoleucine (Ile), proline (Pro) phenylalanine (Phe), tryptophan (Trp), methionine (Met), serine (Ser) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, beta-naphthyl alanine, alpha naphthyl alanine, norleucine, cyclohexylalanine, threonine (Thr) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, tyrosine (Tyr) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, lysine (Lys) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, arginine (Arg) bearing a hydrophobic protecting 30 group, omithine (Orn) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, aspartic acid (Asp) bearing -107- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 a hydrophobic protecting group, cysteine (Cys) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, and glutamic acid (Glu) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group.
[8] 8. The peptide of claim 7, wherein: X1 is is selected from the group consisting of Glu, Leu, Lys, Orn, 5 Phe, Trp, and norLeu; X 2 is selected from the group consisting of Asp, Arg, and Glu; and X 4 is selected from the group consisting of Ser, Thr, Ile, Leu, Trp, Tyr, Phe, and norleu.
[9] 9. The peptide of claim 7, wherein 10 X 1 is is selected from the group consisting of Glu, Leu, Lys, Orn, Phe, Trp, and norLeu; X2 is selected from the group consisting of Lys, Arg, and Hs; and X4 is selected from the group consisting of Asp, Arg, and Glu.
[10] 10. The peptide of claim 6 wherein X 1 bears a hydrophobic protecting 15 group.
[11] 11. The peptide of claim 10, wherein said hydrophobic protecting group is selected from the group consisting of polyethylene glycol (PEG), t-butoxycarbonyl (Boc), Fmoc, nicotinyl, OtBu, a benzoyl group, an acetyl (Ac), a carbobenzoxy, methyl, ethyl, a propyl, a butyl, a pentyl a hexyl ester, an N-methyl anthranilyl, and a 3 to 20 20 carbon alkyl, aide, a 3 to 20 carbon alkyl group, 9-fluoreneacetyl group, 1 fluorenecarboxylic group, 9-fluorenecarboxylic group, 9-fluorenone-1-carboxylic group, benzyloxycarbonyl (is also called carbobenzoxy mentioned above), Xanthyl (Xan), Trityl (Trt), 4-methyltrityl (Mtt), 4-methoxytrityl (Mmt), 4-methoxy-2,3,6-trimethyl benzenesulphonyl (Mtr), Mesitylene-2-sulphonyl (Mts), 4,4-dimethoxybenzhydryl (Mbh), 25 Tosyl (Tos), 2,2,5,7,8-pentamethyl chroman-6-sulphonyl (Pmc), 4-methylbenzyl (MeBzl), 4-methoxybenzyl (MeOBzl), Benzyloxy (BzlO), Benzyl (Bzl), Benzoyl (Bz), 3-nitro-2 pyridinesulphenyl (Npys), 1-(4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)ethyl (Dde), 2,6 dichlorobenzyl (2,6-DiCl-Bzl), 2-chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl (2-Cl-Z), 2 bromobenzyloxycarbonyl (2-Br-Z), benzyloxymethyl (Bom), cyclohexyloxy (cHxO),t 30 butoxymethyl (Bum), t-butoxy (tBuO), t-Butyl (tBu), trifluoroacetyl (TFA), 4[N-{ 1-(4,4 -108- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)-3-methyldibutyl)-amino}benzyl ester (ODmab), a allyl ester (OAll), 2-phenylisopropyl ester (2-PhiPr), 1-[4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxycyclohex 1-yl-idene)ethyl (Dde).
[12] 12. The peptide of claim 11, wherein said hydrophobic protecting group 5 is selected from the group consisting of Boc, Fmoc, nicotinyl, and OtBu.
[13] 13. The peptide of claim 10, wherein X 4 bears a hydrophobic protecting group.
[14] 14. The peptide of claim 13, wherein said hydrophobic protecting group is selected from the group consisting of polyethylene glycol (PEG), t-butoxycarbonyl 10 (Boc), Fmoc, nicotinyl, OtBu, a benzoyl group, an acetyl (Ac), a carbobenzoxy, methyl, ethyl, a propyl, a butyl, a pentyl a hexyl ester, an N-methyl anthranilyl, and a 3 to 20 carbon alkyl, amide, a 3 to 20 carbon alkyl group, 9-fluoreneacetyl group, 1 fluorenecarboxylic group, 9-fluorenecarboxylic group, 9-fluorenone-1-carboxylic group, benzyloxycarbonyl (is also called carbobenzoxy mentioned above), Xanthyl (Xan), Trityl 15 (Trt), 4-methyltrityl (Mtt), 4-methoxytrityl (Mint), 4-methoxy-2,3,6-trimethyl benzenesulphonyl (Mtr), Mesitylene-2-sulphonyl (Mts), 4,4-dimethoxybenzhydryl (Mbh), Tosyl (Tos), 2,2,5,7,8-pentamethyl chroman-6-sulphonyl (Pmc), 4-methylbenzyl (MeBzl), 4-methoxybenzyl (MeOBzl), Benzyloxy (BzlO), Benzyl (Bzl), Benzoyl (Bz), 3-nitro-2 pyridinesulphenyl (Npys), 1-(4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)ethy (Dde), 2,6 20 dichlorobenzyl (2,6-DiCl-Bzl), 2-chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl (2-Cl-Z), 2 bromobenzyloxycarbonyl (2-Br-Z), benzyloxymethyl (Bom), cyclohexyloxy (cHxO),t butoxymethyl (Bum), t-butoxy (tBuO), t-Butyl (tBu), trifluoroacetyl (TFA), 4[N-{ 1-(4,4 dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)-3-methyldibutyl)-amino}benzyl ester (ODmab), a allyl ester (OAll), 2-phenylisopropyl ester (2-PhiPr), 1-[4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxycyclohex 25 1-yl-idene)ethyl (Dde).
[15] 15. The peptide of claim 14, wherein the N-terminus of said peptide is blocked with a protecting group selected from the group consisting of Boc-, Fmoc-, and Nicotinyl-. -109- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288
[16] 16. The peptide of claim 14, wherein the C-terminus of said peptide is blocked with a protecting group selected from the group consisting of tBu, and OtBu.
[17] 17. The peptide of claim 6, wherein said peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of a peptide in Table 3. 5
[18] 18. The peptide of claim 6, wherein said peptide is a peptide from Table 3.
[19] 19. The peptide of claim 6, wherein said peptide comprises at least one D-amino acid.
[20] 20. The peptide of claim 6, wherein said peptide comprises all D 10 amino acids.
[21] 21. The peptide of claim 6, wherein said peptide comprises alternating D- and L- amino acids.
[22] 22. The peptide of claim 6, wherein said peptide comprises all L- amino acids. 15
[23] 23. The peptide of claim 6, wherein said peptide is mixed with a pharmacologically acceptable excipient.
[24] 24. The peptide of claim 6, wherein said peptide is mixed with a pharmacologically acceptable excipient suitable for oral administration to a mammal.
[25] 25. The peptide of claim 6, wherein said polypeptide is provided as a 20 unit formulation in a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
[26] 26. The peptide of claim 6, wherein said polypeptide is provided as a time release formulation.
[27] 27. The peptide of claim 6, wherein said peptide protects a phospholipid against oxidation by an oxidizing agent -110- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288
[28] 28. The peptide of claim 27, wherein said oxidizing agent is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen peroxide, 13(S)-HPODE, 15(S)-HPETE, HPODE, HPETE, HODE, and HETE.
[29] 29. The peptide of claim 27, wherein said phospholipid is selected from 5 the group consisting of 1-palmitoyl- 2 -arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphorylcholine (PAPC), 1-stearoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphorylcholine (SAPC)), 1-stearoyl 2-arachidonyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphorylethanolamine (SAPE).
[30] 30. The peptide of claim 6, wherein said peptide is coupled to a biotin.
[31] 31. The peptide of claim 5, wherein: 10 n is 1; and X 2 and X 3 are independently an acidic amino acid or a basic amino acid such that when X 2 is an acidic amino acid, X 3 is a basic amino acid and when X2 is a basic amino acid, X 3 is an acidic amino acid.
[32] 32. The peptide of claim 31, wherein wherein X1 and X 4 are 15 independently selected from the group consisting of alanine (Ala), valine (Val), leucine (Leu), isoleucine (Ile), proline (Pro), phenylalanine (Phe), tryptophan (Trp), methionine (Met), serine (Ser) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, beta-naphthyl alanine, alpha naphthyl alanine, norleucine, cyclohexylalanine, threonine (Thr) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, tyrosine (Tyr) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, lysine (Lys) 20 bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, arginine (Arg) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, ornithine (Om) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, aspartic acid (Asp) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, cysteine (Cys) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, and glutamic acid (Glu) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group.
[33] 33. The peptide of claim 32, wherein 25 X 2 and X 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of Asp, Glu, Lys, Arg, and His.
[34] 34. The peptide of claim 32, wherein X 2 and X 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of Asp, Arg, and Glu. -111- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288
[35] 35. The peptide of claim 33 wherein X 1 bears a hydrophobic protecting group.
[36] 36. The peptide of claim 35, wherein said hydrophobic protecting group is selected from the group consisting of polyethylene glycol (PEG), t-butoxycarbonyl 5 (Boc), Fmoc, nicotinyl, OtBu, a benzoyl group, an acetyl (Ac), a carbobenzoxy, methyl, ethyl, a propyl, a butyl, a pentyl a hexyl ester, an N-methyl anthranilyl, and a 3 to 20 carbon alkyl, aide, a 3 to 20 carbon alkyl group, 9-fluoreneacetyl group, 1 fluorenecarboxylic group, 9-fluorenecarboxylic group, 9-fluorenone-l-carboxylic group, benzyloxycarbonyl (is also called carbobenzoxy mentioned above), Xanthyl (Xan), Trityl 10 (Trt), 4-methyltrityl (Mtt), 4-methoxytrityl (Mnt), 4-methoxy-2,3,6-trimethyl benzenesulphonyl (Mtr), Mesitylene-2-sulphonyl (Mts), 4,4-dimethoxybenzhydryl (Mbh), Tosyl (Tos), 2,2,5,7,8-pentamethyl chroman-6-sulphonyl (Pme), 4-methylbenzyl (MeBzl), 4-methoxybenzyl (MeOBzl), Benzyloxy (BzlO), Benzyl (Bzl), Benzoyl (Bz), 3-nitro-2 pyridinesulphenyl (Npys), 1-(4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)ethyl (Dde), 2,6 15 dichlorobenzyl (2,6-DiCl-Bzl), 2-chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl (2-Cl-Z), 2 bromobenzyloxycarbonyl (2-Br-Z), benzyloxymethyl (Bom), cyclohexyloxy (cHxO),t butoxymethyl (Bum), t-butoxy (tBuO), t-Butyl (tBu), trifluoroacetyl (TFA), 4[N-{ 1-(4,4 dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)-3-methyldibutyl)-amino}benzyl ester (ODmab), a allyl ester (OAll), 2-phenylisopropyl ester (2-PhiPr), 1-[4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxycyclohex 20 1-yl-idene)ethyl (Dde).
[37] 37. The peptide of claim 35, wherein said said hydrophobic protecting group is selected from the group consisting of Boc, Fmoc, nicotinyl, and OtBu.
[38] 38. The peptide of claim 35, wherein X 4 bears a hydrophobic protecting group. 25
[39] 39. The peptide of claim 38, wherein said hydrophobic protecting group is selected from the group consisting of polyethylene glycol (PEG), t-butoxycarbonyl (Boc), Fmoc, nicotinyl, OtBu, a benzoyl group, an acetyl (Ac), a carbobenzoxy, methyl, ethyl, a propyl, a butyl, a pentyl a hexyl ester, an N-methyl anthranilyl, and a 3 to 20 carbon alkyl, aide, a 3 to 20 carbon alkyl group, 9-fluoreneacetyl group, 1 30 fluorenecarboxylic group, 9-fluorenecarboxylic group, 9-fluorenone-1-carboxylic group, -112- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 benzyloxycarbonyl (is also called carbobenzoxy mentioned above), Xanthyl (Xan), Trityl (Trt), 4-methyltrityl (Mtt), 4-methoxytrityl (Mmt), 4-methoxy-2,3,6-trimethyl benzenesulphonyl (Mtr), Mesitylene-2-sulphonyl (Mts), 4,4-dimethoxybenzhydryl (Mbh), Tosyl (Tos), 2,2,5,7,8-pentamethyl chroman-6-sulphonyl (Pme), 4-methylbenzyl (MeBzl), 5 4-methoxybenzyl (MeOBzl), Benzyloxy (BzlO), Benzyl (Bzl), Benzoyl (Bz), 3-nitro-2 pyridinesulphenyl (Npys), 1-(4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)ethyl (Dde), 2,6 dichlorobenzyl (2,6-DiCl-Bzl), 2-chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl (2-Cl-Z), 2 bromobenzyloxycarbonyl (2-Br-Z), benzyloxymethyl (Bom), cyclohexyloxy (cHxO),t butoxymethyl (Bum), t-butoxy (tBuO), t-Butyl (tBu), trifluoroacetyl (TFA), 4[N-{ 1-(4,4 10 dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)-3-methyldibutyl)-amino}benzyl ester (ODmab), a allyl ester (OAll), 2-phenylisopropyl ester (2-PhiPr), 1-[4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxycyclohex 1-yl-idene)ethyl (Dde).
[40] 40. The peptide of claim 35, wherein the N-terminus of said peptide is blocked with a protecting group selected from the group consisting of Boc-, Fmoc-, and 15 Nicotinyl-.
[41] 41. The peptide of claim 35, wherein the C-terminus of said peptide is blocked with a protecting group selected from the group consisting of tBu, and OtBu.
[42] 42. The peptide of claim 31, wherein said peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of a peptide in Table 4. 20
[43] 43. The peptide of claim 31, wherein said peptide is a peptide from Table 4.
[44] 44. The peptide of claim 31, wherein said peptide comprises at least one D- amino acid.
[45] 45. The peptide of claim 31, wherein said peptide comprises all D 25 amino acids.
[46] 46. The peptide of claim 31, wherein said peptide comprises alternating D- and L- amino acids. -113- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288
[47] 47. The peptide of claim 31, wherein said peptide comprises all L amino acids.
[48] 48. The peptide of claim 31, wherein said peptide is mixed with a pharmacologically acceptable excipient. 5
[49] 49. The peptide of claim 31, wherein said peptide is mixed with a pharmacologically acceptable excipient suitable for oral administration to a mammal.
[50] 50. The peptide of claim 31, wherein said polypeptide is provided as a unit formulation in a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
[51] 51. The peptide of claim 31, wherein said polypeptide is provided as a 10 time release formulation.
[52] 52. The peptide of claim 31, wherein said peptide protects a phospholipid against oxidation by an oxidizing agent
[53] 53. The peptide of claim 31, wherein said peptide is coupled to a biotin.
[54] 54. The peptide of claim 5, wherein: 15 n is 1; and X2, X3 are independently an acidic, a basic, or a aliphatic amino acid with one of X 2 or X 3 being an acidic or a basic amino acid such that: when X 2 is an acidic or a basic amino acid, X 3 is an aliphatic amino acid; and 20 when X 3 is an acid or a basic amino acid, X 2 is an aliphatic amino acid.
[55] 55. The peptide of claim 54, wherein wherein X 1 and X 4 are independently selected from the group consisting of alanine (Ala), valine (Val), leucine (Leu), isoleucine (Ile), proline (Pro), phenylalanine (Phe), tryptophan (Trp), methionine 25 (Met), serine (Ser) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, beta-naphthyl alanine, alpha naphthyl alanine, norleucine, cyclohexylalanine, threonine (Thr) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, tyrosine (Tyr) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, lysine (Lys) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, arginine (Arg) bearing a hydrophobic protecting -114- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 group, ornithine (Orn) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, aspartic acid (Asp) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, cysteine (Cys) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, and glutamic acid (Glu) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group.
[56] 56. The peptide of claim 55, wherein 5 X 2 and X 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of Asp, Arg, Lys, Leu, Ile, and Glu.
[57] 57. The peptide of claim 55, wherein X' bears a hydrophobic protecting group.
[58] 58. The peptide of claim 57, wherein said hydrophobic protecting group 10 is selected from the group consisting of polyethylene glycol (PEG), t-butoxycarbonyl (Boc), Fmoc, nicotinyl, OtBu, a benzoyl group, an acetyl (Ac), a carbobenzoxy, methyl, ethyl, a propyl, a butyl, a pentyl a hexyl ester, an N-methyl anthranilyl, and a 3 to 20 carbon alkyl, amide, a 3 to 20 carbon alkyl group, 9-fluoreneacetyl group, 1 fluorenecarboxylic group, 9-fluorenecarboxylic group, 9-fluorenone-1-carboxylic group, 15 benzyloxycarbonyl (is also called carbobenzoxy mentioned above), Xanthyl (Xan), Trityl (Trt), 4-methyltrityl (Mtt), 4-methoxytrityl (Mmt), 4-methoxy-2,3,6-trimethyl benzenesulphonyl (Mtr), Mesitylene-2-sulphonyl (Mts), 4,4-dimethoxybenzhydryl (Mbh), Tosyl (Tos), 2,2,5,7,8-pentamethyl chroman-6-sulphonyl (Pmc), 4-methylbenzyl (MeBzl), 4-methoxybenzyl (MeOBzl), Benzyloxy (BzlO), Benzyl (Bzl), Benzoyl (Bz), 3-nitro-2 20 pyridinesulphenyl (Npys), 1-(4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)ethyl (Dde), 2,6 dichlorobenzyl (2,6-DiCl-Bzl), 2-chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl (2-Cl-Z), 2 bromobenzyloxycarbonyl (2-Br-Z), benzyloxymethyl (Bom), cyclohexyloxy (cHxO),t butoxymethyl (Bum), t-butoxy (tBuO), t-Butyl (tBu), trifluoroacetyl (TFA), 4[N-{ 1-(4,4 dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)-3-methyldibutyl)-amino}benzyl ester (ODmab), a 25 allyl ester (OAll), 2-phenylisopropyl ester (2-PhiPr), 1-[4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxycyclohex 1-yl-idene)ethyl (Dde).
[59] 59. The peptide of claim 57, wherein said said hydrophobic protecting group is selected from the group consisting of Boc, Fmoc, nicotinyl, and OtBu. -115- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288
[60] 60. The peptide of claim 57, wherein X 4 bears a hydrophobic protecting group.
[61] 61. The peptide of claim 60, wherein said hydrophobic protecting group is selected from the group consisting of polyethylene glycol (PEG), t-butoxycarbonyl 5 (Boc), Fmoc, nicotinyl, OtBu, a benzoyl group, an acetyl (Ac), a carbobenzoxy, methyl, ethyl, a propyl, a butyl, a pentyl a hexyl ester, an N-methyl anthranilyl, and a 3 to 20 carbon alkyl, amide, a 3 to 20 carbon alkyl group, 9-fluoreneacetyl group, 1 fluorenecarboxylic group, 9-fluorenecarboxylic group, 9-fluorenone-1-carboxylic group, benzyloxycarbonyl (is also called carbobenzoxy mentioned above), Xanthyl (Xan), Trityl 10 (Trt), 4-methyltrityl (Mtt), 4-methoxytrityl (Mmt), 4-methoxy-2,3,6-trimethyl benzenesulphonyl (Mtr), Mesitylene-2-sulphonyl (Mts), 4,4-dimethoxybenzhydryl (Mbh), Tosyl (Tos), 2,2,5,7,8-pentamethyl chroman-6-sulphonyl (Pme), 4-methylbenzyl (MeBzl), 4-methoxybenzyl (MeOBzl), Benzyloxy (BzlO), Benzyl (Bzl), Benzoyl (Bz), 3-nitro-2 pyridinesulphenyl (Npys), 1-(4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)ethyl (Dde), 2,6 15 dichlorobenzyl (2,6-DiCl-Bzl), 2-chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl (2-Cl-Z), 2 bromobenzyloxycarbonyl (2-Br-Z), benzyloxymethyl (Bom), cyclohexyloxy (cHxO),t butoxymethyl (Bum), t-butoxy (tBuO), t-Butyl (tBu), trifluoroacetyl (TFA), 4[N-{ 1-(4,4 dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)-3-methyldibutyl)-amino}benzyl ester (ODmab), a allyl ester (OAll), 2-phenylisopropyl ester (2-PhiPr), 1-[4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxycyclohex 20 1-yl-idene)ethyl (Dde).
[62] 62. The peptide of claim 57, wherein the N-terminus of said peptide is blocked with a protecting group selected from the group consisting of Boc-, Fmoc-, and Nicotinyl-.
[63] 63. The peptide of claim 57, wherein the C-terminus of said peptide is 25 blocked with a protecting group selected from the group consisting of tBu, and OtBu.
[64] 64. The peptide of claim 54, wherein said peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of a peptide in Table 5.
[65] 65. The peptide of claim 54, wherein said peptide is a peptide from Table 5. -116- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288
[66] 66. The peptide of claim 54, wherein said peptide comprises at least one D- amino acid.
[67] 67. The peptide of claim 54, wherein said peptide comprises all D amino acids. 5
[68] 68. The peptide of claim 54, wherein said peptide comprises alternating D- and L- amino acids.
[69] 69. The peptide of claim 54, wherein said peptide comprises all L amino acids.
[70] 70. The peptide of claim 54, wherein said peptide is mixed with a 10 pharmacologically acceptable excipient.
[71] 71. The peptide of claim 54, wherein said peptide is mixed with a pharmacologically acceptable excipient suitable for oral administration to a mammal.
[72] 72. The peptide of claim 54, wherein said polypeptide is provided as a unit formulation in a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. 15
[73] 73. The peptide of claim 54, wherein said polypeptide is provided as a time release formulation.
[74] 74. The peptide of claim 54, wherein said peptide protects a phospholipid against oxidation by an oxidizing agent
[75] 75. The peptide of claim 54, wherein said peptide is coupled to a biotin. 20
[76] 76. The peptide of claim 5, wherein: n is 1; and X 2 , X 3 are independently an acidic, a basic, or an aromatic amino acid with one of X2 or X3 being an acidic or a basic amino acid such that: when X2 is an acidic or a basic amino acid, X 3 is an aromatic 25 amino acid; and -117- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 when X 3 is an acid or a basic amino acid, X 2 is an aromatic amino acid.
[77] 77. The peptide of claim 76, wherein wherein X 1 and X 4 are independently selected from the group consisting of alanine (Ala), valine (Val), leucine 5 (Leu), isoleucine (Ile), proline (Pro), phenylalanine (Phe), tryptophan (Trp), methionine (Met), serine (Ser) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, beta-naphthyl alanine, alpha naphthyl alanine, norleucine, cyclohexylalanine, threonine (Thr) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, tyrosine (Tyr) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, lysine (Lys) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, arginine (Arg) bearing a hydrophobic protecting 10 group, ornithine (Orn) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, aspartic acid (Asp) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, cysteine (Cys) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, and glutamic acid (Glu) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group.
[78] 78. The peptide of claim 77, wherein X 2 and X 3 are independently is selected from the group consisting 15 of Asp, Arg, Glu, Trp, Tyr, Phe, and Lys.
[79] 79. The peptide of claim 76, wherein X1 bears a hydrophobic protecting group.
[80] 80. The peptide of claim 79, wherein said hydrophobic protecting group is selected from the group consisting of polyethylene glycol (PEG), t-butoxycarbonyl 20 (Boc), fmoc, nicotinyl, OtBu, a benzoyl group, an acetyl (Ac), a carbobenzoxy, methyl, ethyl, a propyl, a butyl, a pentyl a hexyl ester, an N-methyl anthranilyl, and a 3 to 20 carbon alkyl, amide, a 3 to 20 carbon alkyl group, 9-fluoreneacetyl group, 1 fluorenecarboxylic group, 9-fluorenecarboxylic group, 9-fluorenone-1-carboxylic group, benzyloxycarbonyl (is also called carbobenzoxy mentioned above), Xanthyl (Xan), Trityl 25 (Trt), 4-methyltrityl (Mtt), 4-methoxytrityl (Mmt), 4-methoxy-2,3,6-trimethyl benzenesulphonyl (Mtr), mesitylene-2-sulphonyl (Mts), 4,4-dimethoxybenzhydryl (Mbh), Tosyl (Tos), 2,2,5,7,8-pentamethyl chroman-6-sulphonyl (Pmc), 4-methylbenzyl (MeBzl), 4-methoxybenzyl (MeOBzl), Benzyloxy (BzlO), Benzyl (Bzl), Benzoyl (Bz), 3-nitro-2 pyridinesulphenyl (Npys), 1-(4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)ethyl (Dde), 2,6 30 dichlorobenzyl (2,6-DiCl-Bzl), 2-chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl (2-Cl-Z), 2 -118- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 bromobenzyloxycarbonyl (2-Br-Z), benzyloxymethyl (Bom), cyclohexyloxy (cHxO),t butoxymethyl (Bum), t-butoxy (tBuO), t-Butyl (tBu), trifluoroacetyl (TFA), 4[N-{ 1-(4,4 dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)-3-methyldibutyl)-amino}benzyl ester (ODmab), a allyl ester (OAll), 2-phenylisopropyl ester (2-PhiPr), 1-[4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxycyclohex 5 1-yl-idene)ethyl (Dde).
[81] 81. The peptide of claim 79, wherein said said hydrophobic protecting group is selected from the group consisting of Boc, Fmoc, nicotinyl, and OtBu.
[82] 82. The peptide of claim 79, wherein X 4 bears a hydrophobic protecting group. 10
[83] 83. The peptide of claim 82, wherein said hydrophobic protecting group is selected from the group consisting of polyethylene glycol (PEG), t-butoxycarbonyl (Boc), Fmoc, nicotinyl, OtBu, a benzoyl group, an acetyl (Ac), a carbobenzoxy, methyl, ethyl, a propyl, a butyl, a pentyl a hexyl ester, an N-methyl anthranilyl, and a 3 to 20 carbon alkyl, amide, a 3 to 20 carbon alkyl group, 9-fluoreneacetyl group, 1 15 fluorenecarboxylic group, 9-fluorenecarboxylic group, 9-fluorenone-1-carboxylic group, benzyloxycarbonyl (is also called carbobenzoxy mentioned above), Xanthyl (Xan), Trityl (Trt), 4-methyltrityl (Mtt), 4-methoxytrityl (Mint), 4-methoxy-2,3,6-trimethyl benzenesulphonyl (Mtr), Mesitylene-2-sulphonyl (Mts), 4,4-dimethoxybenzhydryl (Mbh), Tosyl (Tos), 2,2,5,7,8-pentamethyl chroman-6-sulphonyl (Pmc), 4-methylbenzyl (MeBzl), 20 4-methoxybenzyl (MeOBzl), Benzyloxy (BzlO), Benzyl (Bzl), Benzoyl (Bz), 3-nitro-2 pyridinesulphenyl (Npys), 1-(4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)ethy (Dde), 2,6 dichlorobenzyl (2,6-DiCl-Bzl), 2-chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl (2-Cl-Z), 2 bromobenzyloxycarbonyl (2-Br-Z), benzyloxymethyl (Bom), cyclohexyloxy (cHxO),t butoxymethyl (Bum), t-butoxy (tBuO), t-Butyl (tBu), trifluoroacetyl (TFA), 4 [N-{ 1-(4,4 25 dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)-3-methyldibutyl)-amino}benzyl ester (ODmab), a allyl ester (OAll), 2-phenylisopropyl ester (2-PhiPr), 1-[4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxycyclohex 1-yl-idene)ethyl (Dde).
[84] 84. The peptide of claim 79, wherein the N-terminus of said peptide is blocked with a protecting group selected from the group consisting of Boc-, Fmoc-, and 30 Nicotinyl-. -119- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288
[85] 85. The peptide of claim 79, wherein the C-terminus of said peptide is blocked with a protecting group selected from the group consisting of tBu, and OtBu.
[86] 86. The peptide of claim 76, wherein said peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of a peptide in Table 6. 5
[87] 87. The peptide of claim 76, wherein said peptide is a peptide from Table 6.
[88] 88. The peptide of claim 76, wherein said peptide comprises at least one D- amino acid.
[89] 89. The peptide of claim 76, wherein said peptide comprises all D 10 amino acids.
[90] 90. The peptide of claim 76, wherein said peptide comprises alternating D- and L- amino acids.
[91] 91. The peptide of claim 76, wherein said peptide comprises all L amino acids. -15
[92] 92. The peptide of claim 76, wherein said peptide is mixed with a pharmacologically acceptable excipient.
[93] 93. The peptide of claim 76, wherein said peptide is mixed with a pharmacologically acceptable excipient suitable for oral administration to a mammal.
[94] 94. The peptide of claim 76, wherein said polypeptide is provided as a 20 unit formulation in a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
[95] 95. The peptide of claim 76, wherein said polypeptide is provided as a time release formulation.
[96] 96. The peptide of claim 76, wherein said peptide protects a phospholipid against oxidation by an oxidizing agent 25
[97] 97. The peptide of claim 76, wherein said peptide is coupled to a biotin. -120- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288
[98] 98. A peptide that ameliorates one or more symptoms of an inflammatory condition, said peptide having the formula: XI-X2_X3-X4-Xl wherein: 5 X1 is a hydrophobic amino acid and/or bears a hydrophobic protecting group; X 5 is a hydrophobic amino acid and/or bears a hydrophobic protecting group; and X 2 , X3, and X 4 are independently selected aromatic amino acids or histidine; and said peptide converts pro-inflammatory HDL to anti-inflammatory HDL or makes anti-inflammatory HDL more anti-inflammatory. 10
[99] 99. The peptide of claim 98, wherein wherein X 1 and X 5 are independently selected from the group consisting of alanine (Ala), valine (Val), leucine (Leu), isoleucine (fle), proline (Pro), phenylalanine (Phe), tryptophan (Trp), methionine (Met), phenylalanine (Phe), tryptophan (Trp), methionine (Met), serine (Ser) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, beta-naphthyl alanine, alpha-naphthyl alanine, norleucine, 15 cyclohexylalanine, threonine (Thr) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, tyrosine (Tyr) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, lysine (Lys) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, arginine (Arg) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, ornithine (Orn) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, aspartic acid (Asp) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, cysteine (Cys) bearing a hydrophobic protecting group, and glutamic acid (Glu) bearing a 20 hydrophobic protecting group.
[100] 100. The peptide of claim 99, wherein X 2 , X3, and X 4 are independently is selected from the group consisting of Phe, Val, Trp, Tyr, and His.
[101] 101. The peptide of claim 98, wherein X1 bears a hydrophobic protecting 25 group.
[102] 102. The peptide of claim 101, wherein said hydrophobic protecting group is selected from the group consisting of polyethylene glycol (PEG), t butoxycarbonyl (Boc), Fmoc, nicotinyl, OtBu, a benzoyl group, an acetyl (Ac), a carbobenzoxy, methyl, ethyl, a propyl, a butyl, a pentyl a hexyl ester, an N-methyl 30 anthranilyl, and a 3 to 20 carbon alkyl, amide, a 3 to 20 carbon alkyl group, 9 -121- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 fluoreneacetyl group, 1-fluorenecarboxylic group, 9-fluorenecarboxylic group, 9 fluorenone-1-carboxylic group, benzyloxycarbonyl (is also called carbobenzoxy mentioned above), Xanthyl (Xan), Trityl (Trt), 4-methyltrityl (Mtt), 4-methoxytrityl (Mimt), 4-methoxy-2,3,6-trimethyl-benzenesulphonyl (Mtr), Mesitylene-2-sulphonyl 5 (Mts), 4,4-dimethoxybenzhydryl (Mbh), Tosyl (Tos), 2,2,5,7,8-pentamethyl chroman-6 sulphonyl (Pmc), 4-methylbenzyl (MeBzl), 4-methoxybenzyl (MeOBzl), Benzyloxy (BzlO), Benzyl (Bzl), Benzoyl (Bz), 3-nitro-2-pyridinesulphenyl (Npys), 1-(4,4-dimethyl 2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)ethyl (Dde), 2,6-dichlorobenzyl (2,6-DiCl-Bzl), 2 chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl (2-Cl-Z), 2-bromobenzyloxycarbonyl (2-Br-Z), 10 benzyloxymethyl (Bom), cyclohexyloxy (cHxO),t-butoxymethyl (Bum), t-butoxy (tBuO), t-Butyl (tBu), trifluoroacetyl (TFA), 4[N-{ 1-(4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)-3 methyldibutyl)-amino}benzyl ester (ODmab), a-allyl ester (OAll), 2-phenylisopropyl ester (2-PhiPr), 1-[4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxycyclohex-1-yl-idene)ethyl (Dde).
[103] 103. The peptide of claim 101, wherein said said hydrophobic protecting 15 group is selected from the group consisting of Boc, Fmoc, nicotinyl, and OtBu.
[104] 104. The peptide of claim 101, wherein X 5 bears a hydrophobic protecting group.
[105] 105. The peptide of claim 104, wherein said hydrophobic protecting group is selected from the group consisting of polyethylene glycol (PEG), t 20 butoxycarbonyl (Boc), Fmoc, nicotinyl, OtBu, a benzoyl group, an acetyl (Ac), a carbobenzoxy, methyl, ethyl, a propyl, a butyl, a pentyl a hexyl ester, an N-methyl anthranilyl, and a 3 to 20 carbon alkyl, amide, a 3 to 20 carbon alkyl group, 9 fluoreneacetyl group, 1-fluorenecarboxylic group, 9-fluorenecarboxylic group, 9 fluorenone-1-carboxylic group, benzyloxycarbonyl (is also called carbobenzoxy 25 mentioned above), Xanthyl (Xan), Trityl (Trt), 4-methyltrityl (Mtt), 4-methoxytrityl (Mmt), 4-methoxy-2,3,6-trimethyl-benzenesulphony (Mtr), Mesitylene-2-sulphonyl (Mts), 4,4-dimethoxybenzhydryl (Mbh), Tosyl (Tos), 2,2,5,7,8-pentamethyl chroman-6 sulphonyl (Pmc), 4-methylbenzyl (MeBzl), 4-methoxybenzyl (MeOBzl), Benzyloxy (BzlO), Benzyl (Bzl), Benzoyl (Bz), 3-nitro-2-pyridinesulphenyl (Npys), 1-(4,4-dimethyl 30 2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)ethyl (Dde), 2,6-dichlorobenzyl (2,6-DiCl-Bzl), 2 chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl (2-CL-Z), 2-bromobenzyloxycarbonyl (2-Br-Z), -122- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 benzyloxymethyl (Bom), cyclohexyloxy (cHxO),t-butoxymethyl (Bum), t-butoxy (tBuO), t-Butyl (tflu), trifluoroacetyl (TFA), 4[N-{ 1-(4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)-3 methyldibutyl)-amino}benzyl ester (ODmab), a-allyl ester (OAll), 2-phenylisopropyl ester (2-PhiPr), 1-[4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxycyclohex-1-yl-idene)ethyl (Dde). 5
[106] 106. The peptide of claim 98, wherein the N-terminus of said peptide is blocked with a protecting group selected from the group consisting of Boc-, Fmoc-, and Nicotinyl-.
[107] 107. The peptide of claim 98, wherein the C-terminus of said peptide is blocked with a protecting group selected from the group consisting of tBu, and OtBu. 10
[108] 108. The peptide of claim 98, wherein said peptide comprises the amino acid sequence of a peptide in Table 7.
[109] 109. The peptide of claim 98, wherein said peptide is a peptide from Table 7.
[110] 110. The peptide of claim 98, wherein said peptide comprises at least one 15 D- amino acid.
[111] 111. The peptide of claim 98, wherein said peptide comprises all D amino acids.
[112] 112. The peptide of claim 98, wherein said peptide comprises alternating D- and L- amino acids. 20
[113] 113. The peptide of claim 98, wherein said peptide comprises all L amino acids.
[114] 114. The peptide of claim 98, wherein said peptide is mixed with a pharmacologically acceptable excipient.
[115] 115. The peptide of claim 98, wherein said peptide is coupled to a biotin. 25
[116] 116. A peptide that ameliorates one or more symptoms of an inflammatory condition, wherein said peptide: -123- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 ranges in length from 5 to 11 amino acids; the terminal amino acids are hydrophobic amino acids and/or bear hydrophobic protecting groups; the non-terminal amino acids form at least one acidic domain and at 5 least one basic domain; and said peptide converts pro-inflammatory HDL to anti-inflammatory HDL or makes anti-inflammatory HDL more anti-inflammatory.
[117] 117. A peptide that ameliorates one or more symptoms of an inflammatory condition, wherein said peptide: 10 ranges in length from 5 to 11 amino acids; the terminal amino acids are hydrophobic amino acids and/or bear hydrophobic protecting groups; the non-terminal amino acids form at least one acidic domain or one basic domain and at least one aliphatic domain; and 15 said peptide converts pro-inflammatory HDL to anti-inflammatory HDL or makes anti-inflammatory HDL more anti-inflammatory.
[118] 118. A peptide that ameliorates one or more symptoms of an inflammatory condition, wherein said peptide: ranges in length from 5 to 11 amino acids; 20 the terminal amino acids are hydrophobic amino acids and/or bear hydrophobic protecting groups; the non-terminal amino acids form at least one acidic domain or one basic domain and at least one aromatic domain; and said peptide converts pro-inflammatory HDL to anti-inflammatory 25 HDL or makes anti-inflammatory HDL more anti-inflammatory.
[119] 119. A peptide that ameliorates one or more symptoms of an inflammatory condition, wherein said peptide: ranges in length from 6 to 11 amino acids; the terminal amino acids are hydrophobic amino acids and/or bear 30 hydrophobic protecting groups; -124- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 the non-terminal amino acids form at least one aromatic domain or two or more aromatic domains separated by one or more histidines; and said peptide converts pro-inflammatory BDL to anti-inflammatory HDL or makes anti-inflammatory HDL more anti-inflammatory. 5
[120] 120. A pair of amino acids that ameliorates one or more symptoms of an inflammatory condition, wherein said pair of amino aicds comprise: a first amino acid bearing at least one protecting group; and a second amino acid bearing at least one protecting group; wherein said first amino acid and said second amino acid are 10 different species of amino acid, and wherein said pair of amino acids converts pro inflammatory HDL to anti-inflammatory HDL or makes anti-inflammatory HDL more anti-inflammatory
[121] 121. The pair of amino acids of claim 120, wherein said pair of amino acids, when contacted with a phospholipid in an aqueous environment, forms particles 15 with a diameter of approximately 7.5 nm and forms stacked bilayers with a bilayer dimension on the order of 3.4 to 4.1 nm with spacing between the bilayers in the stack of approximately 2 nm.
[122] 122. The pair of amino acids of claim 120, wherein said first and second amino acids are independently selected from the group consisting of an acidic amino acid, 20 a basic amino acid, and a non-polar amino acid.
[123] 123. The pair of amino acids of claim 122, wherein said first amino acid is acidic or basic and said second amino acid is non-polar, or said first amino acid is non polar and said second amino acid is acidic or basic.
[124] 124. The pair of amino acids of claim 122, wherein both amino acids are 25 acidic.
[125] 125. The pair of amino acids of claim 122, wherein both amino acids are basic. -125- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288
[126] 126. The pair of amino acids of claim 120, wherein said pair of amino acids are covalently coupled together directly or through a linker.
[127] 127. The pair of amino acids of claim 126, wherein the amino acids are joined through a peptide linkage thereby forming a dipeptide. 5
[128] 128. The pair of amino acids of claim 120, wherein said pair of amino acids are mixed together, but not covalently linked.
[129] 129. The pair of amino acids of claim 120, wherein said protecting group is selected from the group consisting of polyethylene glycol (PEG), t-butoxycarbonyl (Boc), Fmoc, nicotinyl, OtBu, a benzoyl group, an acetyl (Ac), a carbobenzoxy, methyl, 10 ethyl, a propyl, a butyl, a pentyl a hexyl ester, an N-methyl anthranilyl, and a 3 to 20 carbon alkyl, amide, a 3 to 20 carbon alkyl group, 9-fluoreneacetyl group, 1 fluorenecarboxylic group, 9-fluorenecarboxylic group, 9-fluorenone-1-carboxylic group, benzyloxycarbonyl (is also called carbobenzoxy mentioned above), Xanthyl (Xan), Trityl (Trt), 4-methyltrityl (Mtt), 4-methoxytrityl (Mimt), 4-methoxy-2,3,6-trimethyl 15 benzenesulphonyl (Mtr), Mesitylene-2-sulphonyl (Mts), 4,4-dimethoxybenzhydryl (Mbh), Tosyl (Tos), 2,2,5,7,8-pentamethyl chroman-6-sulphonyl (Pmc), 4-methylbenzyl (MeBzl), 4-methoxybenzyl (MeOBzl), Benzyloxy (BzlO), Benzyl (Bzl), Benzoyl (Bz), 3-nitro-2 pyridinesulphenyl (Npys), 1-(4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)ethyl (Dde), 2,6 dichlorobenzyl (2,6-DiCl-Bzl), 2-chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl (2-Cl-Z), 2 20 bromobenzyloxycarbonyl (2-Br-Z), benzyloxymethyl (Bom), cyclohexyloxy (cHxO),t butoxymethyl (Bum), t-butoxy (tBuO), t-Butyl (tBu), trifluoroacetyl (TFA), 4[N-{ 1-(4,4 dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)-3-methyldibutyl)-amino}benzyl ester (ODmab), a allyl ester (OAll), 2-phenylisopropyl ester (2-PhiPr), 1-[4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxycyclohex 1-yl-idene)ethyl (Dde). 25
[130] 130. The pair of amino acids of claim 120, wherein the first amino acid is blocked with a protecting group selected from the group consisting of Boc-, Fmoc-, and nicotinyl-, and the second amino acid is blocked with a protecting group selected from the group consisting of tBu, and OtBu. -126- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288
[131] 131. The pair of amino acids of claim 128, wherein each amino acid bears at least two protecting groups.
[132] 132. The pair of amino acids where each amino acid is blocked with a with a first protecting group selected from the group consisting of Boc-, Fmoc-, and 5 nicotinyl-, and a second protecting group selected from the group consisting of tBu, and OtBu.
[133] 133. The pair of amino acids where each amino acid is blocked with a Boc and an OtBu.
[134] 134. The pair of amino acids of claim 120, wherein the pair of amino 10 acids form a dipeptide selected from the group consisting of Phe-Arg, Glu-Leu, and Arg Glu.
[135] 135. The pair of amino acids of claim 120, wherein the pair of amino acids form a dipeptide selected from the group consisting of Boc-Arg-OtBu, Boc-Glu OtBu, Boc-Phe-Arg-OtBu, Boc-Glu-Leu-OtBu, and Boc-Arg-Glu-OtBu. 15
[136] 136. A pharmaceutical formulation comprising: one or more peptides according to claims 1, 5, 6, 31, 54, 76, 98, 116, 117, and 119, or a pair of amino acids according to claim 120; and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
[137] 137. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 136, wherein the peptide 20 is present in an effective dose.
[138] 138. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 136, wherein the peptide is in a time release formulation.
[139] 139. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 136, wherein the formulation is formulated as a unit dosage formulation. 25
[140] 140. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 136, wherein the formulation is formulated for oral administration. -127- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288
[141] 141. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 136, wherein the formulation is formulated for administration by a route selected from the group consisting of oral administration, inhalation, rectal administration, intraperitoneal injection, intravascular injection, subcutaneous injection, transcutaneous administration, inhalation 5 administration, and intramuscular injection.
[142] 142. A kit comprising: a container containing one or more of the peptides according to claims 1, 5, 6, 31, 54, 76, 98, 116, 117, and 119, or a pair of amino acids according to claim 120; and 10 instructional materials teaching the use of the peptide(s) or pairs of amino acids in the treatment of a pathology characterized by inflammation.
[143] 143. The kit of claim 142, wherein said pathology is a pathology selected from the group consisting of atherosclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, lupus erythematous, polyarteritis nodosa, osteoporosis, Altzheimer's disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary 15 disease, asthma, multiple sclerosis, diabetes, and a viral illnesses.
[144] 144. A method of mitigating one or more symptoms of atherosclerosis in a mammal, said method comprising administering to said mammal an effective amount of the peptide of claims 1, 5, 6, 31, 54, 76, 98, 116, 117, and 119, or a pair of amino acids according to claim 120. 20
[145] 145. The method of claim 144, wherein said peptide is in a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
[146] 146. The method of claim 144, wherein said peptide is administered in conjunction with a lipid.
[147] 147. The method of claim 144, wherein said peptide is in a 25 pharmaceutically acceptable excipient suitable for oral administration.
[148] 148. The. method of claim 144, wherein said peptide is administered as a unit dosage formulation. -128- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288
[149] 149. The method of claim 144, wherein said administering comprises administering said peptide by a route selected from the group consisting of oral administration, inhalation, rectal administration, intraperitoneal injection, intravascular injection, subcutaneous injection, transcutaneous administration, and intramuscular 5 injection.
[150] 150. The method of claim 144, wherein said mammal is a mammal diagnosed as having one or more symptoms of atherosclerosis.
[151] 151. The method of claim 144, wherein said mammal is a mammal diagnosed as at risk for stroke or atherosclerosis. 10
[152] 152. The method of claim 144, wherein said mammal is a human.
[153] 153. The method of claim 144, wherein said mammal is non-human mammal.
[154] 154. A method of mitigating one or more symptoms of an inflammatory pathology, , said method comprising administering to said mammal an effective amount of 15 the peptide of claims 1, 5, 6, 31, 54, 76, 98, 116, 117, and 119, or a pair of amino acids according to claim 120.
[155] 155. The method of claim 154, wherein said inflammatory pathology is a pathology selected from the group consisting of atherosclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, lupus erythematous, polyarteritis nodosa, osteoporosis, Altzheimer's disease, multiple sclerosis, 20 chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, asthma, diabetes, and a viral illnesses.
[156] 156. The method of claim 154, wherein said peptide is in a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
[157] 157. The method of claim 154, wherein'said peptide is administered in conjunction with a lipid. 25
[158] 158. The method of claim 154, wherein said peptide is in a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient suitable for oral administration. -129- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288
[159] 159. The method of claim 154, wherein said peptide is administered as a unit dosage formulation.
[160] 160. The method of claim 154, wherein said administering comprises administering said peptide by a route selected from the group consisting of oral 5 administration, inhalation, rectal administration, intraperitoneal injection, intravascular injection, subcutaneous injection, transcutaneous administration, and intramuscular injection.
[161] 161. The method of claim 154, wherein said mammal is a mammal diagnosed as at risk for stroke. 10
[162] 162. The method of claim 154, wherein said mammal is a human.
[163] 163. The method of claim 154, wherein said mammal is non-human mammal.
[164] 164. A method of enhancing the activity of a statin in a mammal, said method comprising coadministering with said statin an effective amount of the peptide of 15 claims 1, 5, 6, 31, 54, 76, 98, 116, 117, and 119, or a pair of amino acids according to claim 120;
[165] 165. The method of claim 164, wherein said statin is selected from the group consisting of cerivastatin, atorvastatin, simvastatin, pravastatin, fluvastatin, lovastatin. rosuvastatin, and pitavastatin. 20
[166] 166. The method of claim 164, wherein said peptide is administered simultaneously with said statin.
[167] 167. The method of claim 164, wherein said peptide is administered before said statin.
[168] 168. The method of claim 164, wherein said peptide is administered after 25 said statin. -130- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288
[169] 169. The method of claim 164, wherein said peptide and/or said statin are administered as a unit dosage formulation.
[170] 170. The method of claim 164, wherein said administering comprises administering said peptide and/or said statin by a route selected from the group consisting 5 of oral administration, inhalation, rectal administration, intraperitoneal injection, intravascular injection, subcutaneous injection, transcutaneous administration, and intramuscular injection.
[171] 171. The method of claim 164, wherein said mammal is a mammal diagnosed as having one or more symptoms of atherosclerosis. 10
[172] 172. The method of claim 164, wherein said mammal is a mammal diagnosed as at risk for stroke or atherosclerosis.
[173] 173. The method of claim 164, wherein said mammal is a human.
[174] 174. The method of claim 164, wherein said mammal is non-human mammal. 15
[175] 175. A method of mitigating one or more symptoms associated with atherosclerosis in a mammal, said method comprising: administering to said mammal an effective amount of a statin; and an effective amount of a peptide of claims 1, 5, 6, 31, 54, 76, 98, 116, 117, and 119, or a pair of amino acids according to claim 120; 20 wherein the effective amount of the statin is lower than the effective amount of a statin administered without said peptide.
[176] 176. The method of claim 175, wherein the effective amount of the peptide is lower than the effective amount of the peptide administered without said statin.
[177] 177. The method of claim 175, wherein said statin is selected from the 25 group consisting of cerivastatin, atorvastatin, simvastatin, pravastatin, fluvastatin, lovastatin. rosuvastatin, and pitavastatin. -131- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288
[178] 178. The method of claim 175, wherein said peptide is administered simultaneously with said statin.
[179] 179. The method of claim 175, wherein said peptide is administered before said statin. 5
[180] 180. The method of claim 175, wherein said peptide is administered after said statin.
[181] 181. The method of claim 175, wherein said peptide and/or said statin are administered as a unit dosage formulation.
[182] 182. The method of claim 175, wherein said administering comprises 10 orally administering said composition.
[183] 183. The method of claim 175, wherein said administering is by a route selected from the group consisting of oral administration, inhalation, rectal administration, intraperitoneal injection, intravascular injection, subcutaneous injection, transcutaneous administration, inhalation administration, and intramuscular injection. 15
[184] 184. The method of claim 175, wherein said mammal is a mammal diagnosed as having one or more symptoms of atherosclerosis.
[185] 185. The method of claim 175, wherein said mammal is a mammal diagnosed as at risk for stroke or atherosclerosis.
[186] 186. The method of claim 175, wherein said mammal is a human. 20
[187] 187. The method of claim 175, wherein said mammal is non-human mammal.
[188] 188. A pharmaceutical formulation, the formulation comprising: a statin and/or Ezetimibe; and a peptide or a concatamer of a peptide according to any of claims 1, 25 5, 6, 31, 54, 76, 98, 116, 117, and 119, or a pair of amino acids according to claim 120. -132- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288
[189] 189. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 188, wherein the peptide and/or the statin are present in an effective dose.
[190] 190. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 189, wherein the effective amount of the statin is lower than the effective amount of the statin administered without 5 the peptide.
[191] 191. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 189, wherein the effective amount of the peptide is lower than the effective amount of the peptide administered without the statin.
[192] 192. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 189, wherein the effective 10 amount of the Ezetimibe is lower than the effective amount of the Ezetimibe administered without the peptide.
[193] 193. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 189, wherein the effective amount of the peptide is lower than the effective amount of the peptide administered without the Ezetimibe. 15
[194] 194. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 188, wherein the statin is selected from the group consisting of cerivastatin, atorvastatin, simvastatin, pravastatin, fluvastatin, lovastatin. rosuvastatin, and pitavastatin.
[195] 195. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 188, wherein the Ezetimibe, the statin, and/or the peptide are in a time release formulation. 20
[196] 196. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 188, wherein the formulation is formulated as a unit dosage formulation.
[197] 197. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 188, wherein the formulation is formulated for oral administration.
[198] 198. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 188, wherein the 25 formulation is formulated for administration by a route selected from the group consisting of oral administration, inhalation, rectal administration, intraperitoneal injection, -133- WO 2005/016280 PCT/US2004/026288 intravascular injection, subcutaneous injection, transcutaneous administration, inhalation administration, and intramuscular injection.
[199] 199. The pharmaceutical formulation of claim 188, wherein the formulation further comprises one or more phospholipids. 5
[200] 200. A method of reducing or inhibiting one or more symptoms of osteoporosis in a mammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal one or more peptide according to claims 1, 5, 6, 31, 54, 76, 98, 116, 117, and 119, or a pair of amino acids according to claim 120, wherein the peptide or pair of amino acids is administered in a concentration sufficient to reduce or eliminate one or more symptoms of 10 osteoporosis.
[201] 201. The method of claim 200, wherein the peptide is administered in a concentration sufficient to reduce or eliminate decalcification of a bone.
[202] 202. The method of claim 200, wherein the peptide is administered in a concentration sufficient to induce recalcification of a bone. 15
[203] 203. The method of claim 200, wherein the peptide is mixed with a pharmacologically acceptable excipient.
[204] 204. The method of claim 200, wherein the peptide is mixed with a pharmacologically acceptable excipient suitable for oral administration to a mammal. -134-

类似技术:

---

公开号 | 公开日 | 专利标题

---

AU2004264944B2|2011-03-10|Orally administered small peptides synergize statin activity

---

US8404635B2|2013-03-26|Orally administered peptides synergize statin activity

---

US6930085B2|2005-08-16|G-type peptides to ameliorate atherosclerosis

---

US7166578B2|2007-01-23|Orally administered peptides synergize statin activity

---

CA2580501A1|2006-03-30|G-type peptides and other agents to ameliorate atherosclerosis and other pathologies

---

CA2577026A1|2006-02-23|Orally administered small peptides synergize statin activity

同族专利:

---

公开号 | 公开日

---

EP1660112A4|2010-03-03|

---

EP1660112A2|2006-05-31|

---

US20050164950A1|2005-07-28|

---

AU2004264944C1|2011-09-01|

---

NO20061139L|2006-05-08|

---

HU0700157A3|2009-03-02|

---

WO2005016280A3|2006-01-05|

---

CA2534676A1|2005-02-24|

---

BRPI0412981A2|2015-08-04|

---

JP2007512228A|2007-05-17|

---

RU2006107605A|2006-07-27|

---

WO2005016280A2|2005-02-24|

---

US7148197B2|2006-12-12|

---

US20070060527A1|2007-03-15|

---

HU0700157A2|2007-05-29|

---

US20040254120A1|2004-12-16|

---

KR20060079799A|2006-07-06|

---

AU2004264944B2|2011-03-10|

---

MXPA06001743A|2006-05-12|

---

CZ2006163A3|2006-07-12|

引用文献:

---

公开号 | 申请日 | 公开日 | 申请人 | 专利标题

---

US3767040A|1971-03-01|1973-10-23|Minnesota Mining & Mfg|Pressure-sensitive polyurethane adhesives|

---

US4155913A|1973-02-08|1979-05-22|Hoffmann-La Roche Inc.|Thienotriazolodiazepine derivatives|

---

CH661438A5|1984-04-09|1987-07-31|Seuref Ag|Pharmaceutical compositions acting antianossica and metabolic brain.|

---

US4643988A|1984-05-15|1987-02-17|Research Corporation|Amphipathic peptides|

---

FR2622587B1|1987-10-30|1990-12-21|Inst Vaisseaux Sang|PEPTIDE LYSYL-ARGINYL-ASPARTYL-SERINE AND ITS APPLICATIONS AS A MEDICAMENT, ESPECIALLY ANTITHROMBOTIC|

---

NZ229004A|1988-05-19|1993-09-27|Immunobiology Res Inst Inc|Tetrapeptides having t cell helper acitivity|

---

US5480869A|1990-01-09|1996-01-02|The Regents Of The University Of California|Anti-inflammatory peptide analogs and treatment to inhibit vascular leakage in injured tissues|

---

AU662885B2|1990-06-07|1995-09-21|Scripps Research Institute, The|APO AI polypeptides, antibodies, and immunoassays|

---

DE4101895C1|1991-01-23|1991-12-05|Forschungszentrum Juelich Gmbh, 5170 Juelich, De||

---

US5733879A|1992-06-12|1998-03-31|N.V. Innogenetics, S.A.|Peptides and proteins, process for their preparation and their use as cholesterol acceptors|

---

US5344822A|1992-08-12|1994-09-06|The Rogosin Institute|Methods useful in endotoxin prophylaxis and therapy|

---

US5733549A|1992-08-14|1998-03-31|Shino-Test Corporation|Peptides including amino acid sequences selected from lipoprotein and apolipoprotein , antibodies recognizing these amino acid sequences, and methods of determination using these antibodies|

---

WO1994013698A1|1992-12-11|1994-06-23|University Of Florida|Materials and methods for control of pests|

---

US5721138A|1992-12-15|1998-02-24|Sandford University|Apolipoprotein promoter and regulatory sequence constructs and methods of use|

---

AT190065T|1994-05-12|2000-03-15|Balazs Sarkadi|SUBSTANCES FOR REMOVING MEDICINAL RESISTANCE|

---

US5595973A|1994-09-12|1997-01-21|Biomeasure Incorporated|Protection of hemopoietic cells during chemotherapy or radiotherapy|

---

US6277826B1|1996-08-27|2001-08-21|Praecis Pharmaceuticals, Inc.|Modulators of β-amyloid peptide aggregation comprising D-amino acids|

---

US6717031B2|1995-06-07|2004-04-06|Kate Dora Games|Method for selecting a transgenic mouse model of alzheimer's disease|

---

FR2735131B1|1995-06-12|1997-08-22|Rech De Pathologie Appliquee S|CONJUGATES OF MSH WITH A FATTY ACID, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS AND THEIR USE AS MEDICAMENTS|

---

DE69625696T2|1995-09-09|2003-10-16|Hoffmann La Roche|USE OF A THIENOTRIAZOLDIAZEPINE TO INCREASE APOLOPOPROTEIN A-I LEVEL|

---

US5912014A|1996-03-15|1999-06-15|Unigene Laboratories, Inc.|Oral salmon calcitonin pharmaceutical products|

---

CN1109047C|1996-03-29|2003-05-21|D·博菲利|Amphipathic molecules as cholesterol and other lipid uptake inhibitors|

---

US6126939A|1996-09-03|2000-10-03|Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd.|Anti-inflammatory dipeptide and pharmaceutical composition thereof|

---

US6696545B1|1997-04-11|2004-02-24|Sangstat Medical Corporation|Cytomodulating lipophilic peptides for modulating immune system activity and inhibiting inflammation|

---

US6265382B1|1997-04-11|2001-07-24|Warner-Lambert Company|Dipeptide inhibitors of protein farnesyltransferase|

---

EP0873687B2|1997-04-24|2006-04-26|Chemoxal Sa|Disinfecting and fungicidal composition based on peracetic acid and an amine oxide|

---

IN185761B|1997-05-13|2001-04-28|Council Scient Ind Res||

---

US6635623B1|1997-06-13|2003-10-21|Baylor College Of Medicine|Lipoproteins as nucleic acid vectors|

---

CA2301634A1|1997-07-15|1999-01-28|Pradeep Ghosh|Determining alcohol intake using sialic acid/apo j|

---

US6518412B1|1997-09-29|2003-02-11|Jean-Louis Dasseux|Gene therapy approaches to supply apolipoprotein A-I agonists and their use to treat dyslipidemic disorders|

---

US6046166A|1997-09-29|2000-04-04|Jean-Louis Dasseux|Apolipoprotein A-I agonists and their use to treat dyslipidemic disorders|

---

US6037323A|1997-09-29|2000-03-14|Jean-Louis Dasseux|Apolipoprotein A-I agonists and their use to treat dyslipidemic disorders|

---

US6004925A|1997-09-29|1999-12-21|J. L. Dasseux|Apolipoprotein A-I agonists and their use to treat dyslipidemic disorders|

---

US6287590B1|1997-10-02|2001-09-11|Esperion Therapeutics, Inc.|Peptide/lipid complex formation by co-lyophilization|

---

US6555651B2|1997-10-09|2003-04-29|The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York|Ligand binding site of rage and uses thereof|

---

US6191151B1|1997-11-12|2001-02-20|Howard M. Zik|Therapy for herpes neurological viral conditions utilizing 1,4-dihydropyridine calcium channel blockers|

---

US6320017B1|1997-12-23|2001-11-20|Inex Pharmaceuticals Corp.|Polyamide oligomers|

---

US20030077641A1|1998-03-11|2003-04-24|Laskowitz Daniel T.|Methods of suppressing microglial activation and systemic inflammatory responses|

---

US6303619B1|1998-03-12|2001-10-16|University Of Virginia|Meta-substituted acidic 8-phenylxanthine antagonists of A3 human adenosine receptors|

---

WO1999047566A1|1998-03-17|1999-09-23|The Uab Research Foundation|Synthetic peptides that enhance ldl uptake|

---

US6846636B1|1998-05-15|2005-01-25|American National Red Cross|Methods and compositions for HDL holoparticle uptake receptor|

---

US6019739A|1998-06-18|2000-02-01|Baxter International Inc.|Minimally invasive valve annulus sizer|

---

US6172071B1|1998-07-30|2001-01-09|Hughes Institute|Lipid-lowering quinazoline derivative|

---

US6228989B1|1998-11-13|2001-05-08|The Regents Of The University Of California|Peptide substrates phosphorylated by P21-activated protein kinase|

---

WO2000034469A1|1998-12-11|2000-06-15|The Research Foundation Of State University Of New York At Albany|Compositions and methods for altering cell migration|

---

US6849714B1|1999-05-17|2005-02-01|Conjuchem, Inc.|Protection of endogenous therapeutic peptides from peptidase activity through conjugation to blood components|

---

US6887470B1|1999-09-10|2005-05-03|Conjuchem, Inc.|Protection of endogenous therapeutic peptides from peptidase activity through conjugation to blood components|

---

US6727063B1|1999-09-10|2004-04-27|Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc.|Single nucleotide polymorphisms in genes|

---

EP1226231A4|1999-11-02|2003-07-09|Human Genome Sciences Inc|19 human secreted proteins|

---

GB0003111D0|2000-02-10|2000-03-29|Novartis Ag|Organic compounds|

---

US20030040505A1|2000-03-31|2003-02-27|The Regents Of The University Of California|Synthetic phospholipids to ameliorate atherosclerosis and other inflammatory conditions|

---

US6596544B1|2000-03-31|2003-07-22|The Regents Of The University Of California|Functional assay of high-density lipoprotein|

---

US6444681B1|2000-06-09|2002-09-03|The Ohio State University Research Foundation|Methods and compositions for treating Raynaud's Phenomenon and scleroderma|

---

AU8054601A|2000-07-13|2002-02-05|Alteon Inc|Cyanomethyl substituted thiazoliums and imidazoliums and treatments of disordersassociated with protein aging|

---

DE60128475T2|2000-07-25|2008-02-07|Merck & Co., Inc.|N-SUBSTITUTED INDOLE USED IN THE TREATMENT OF DIABETES|

---

US7723303B2|2000-08-24|2010-05-25|The Regents Of The University Of California|Peptides and peptide mimetics to treat pathologies characterized by an inflammatory response|

---

US7166578B2|2000-08-24|2007-01-23|The Regents Of The University Of California|Orally administered peptides synergize statin activity|

---

US6664230B1|2000-08-24|2003-12-16|The Regents Of The University Of California|Orally administered peptides to ameliorate atherosclerosis|

---

US7199102B2|2000-08-24|2007-04-03|The Regents Of The University Of California|Orally administered peptides synergize statin activity|

---

US7148197B2|2000-08-24|2006-12-12|The Regents Of The University Of California|Orally administered small peptides synergize statin activity|

---

US20080293639A1|2005-04-29|2008-11-27|The Regents Of The University Of California|Peptides and peptide mimetics to treat pathologies characterized by an inflammatory response|

---

US7144862B2|2000-08-24|2006-12-05|The Regents Of The University Of California|Orally administered peptides to ameliorate atherosclerosis|

---

US6383808B1|2000-09-11|2002-05-07|Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc.|Antisense inhibition of clusterin expression|

---

US6982348B2|2001-01-26|2006-01-03|Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited|Aminoethanol derivatives|

---

JP2002226457A|2001-02-02|2002-08-14|Ajinomoto Co Inc|New cystine derivative and inflammation factor activation inhibitor|

---

US6815426B2|2001-02-16|2004-11-09|E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company|Angiogenesis-inhibitory tripeptides, compositions and their methods of use|

---

US20030096737A1|2001-04-19|2003-05-22|Anita Diu-Hercend|Caspase inhibitors and uses thereof|

---

US7544772B2|2001-06-26|2009-06-09|Biomarck Pharmaceuticals, Ltd.|Methods for regulating inflammatory mediators and peptides useful therein|

---

US20030125260A1|2001-10-31|2003-07-03|Fortuna Haviv|Tetra-and pentapeptides having antiangiogenic activity|

---

US7470659B2|2001-12-07|2008-12-30|The Regents Of The University Of California|Methods to increase reverse cholesterol transport in the retinal pigment epithelium and Bruch's membrane |

---

US7582670B2|2001-12-13|2009-09-01|Natrogen Therapeutics, Inc.|Methods of treating an inflammatory-related disease|

---

DK1944322T3|2002-07-19|2015-06-22|Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd|Treatment of TNFalfa-related diseases|

---

WO2004050037A2|2002-12-04|2004-06-17|Agennix Incorporated|Lactoferrin in the reduction of circulating cholesterol, vascular inflammation, atherosclerosis and cardiovascular disease|

---

WO2004069206A2|2003-02-04|2004-08-19|University Of Connecticut Health Center|Immunogenic cd91 ligand-antigenic molecule complexes and fusion proteins|

---

US20050070996A1|2003-04-08|2005-03-31|Dinh Thomas Q.|Drug-eluting stent for controlled drug delivery|

---

US7291590B2|2003-06-12|2007-11-06|Queen's University At Kingston|Compositions and methods for treating atherosclerosis|

---

ES2381551T3|2003-12-05|2012-05-29|The Cleveland Clinic Foundation|Risk markers for cardiovascular disease|

---

US20050154046A1|2004-01-12|2005-07-14|Longgui Wang|Methods of treating an inflammatory-related disease|

---

WO2006020040A2|2004-07-16|2006-02-23|Trustees Of Tufts College|Apolipoprotein a1 mimetics and uses thereof|

---

AU2005287004B2|2004-09-16|2011-03-17|The Regents Of The University Of California|G-type peptides and other agents to ameliorate atherosclerosis and other pathologies|

---

KR20070089996A|2004-12-06|2007-09-04|더 리전트 오브 더 유니버시티 오브 캘리포니아|Methods for improving the structure and function of arterioles|US7199102B2|2000-08-24|2007-04-03|The Regents Of The University Of California|Orally administered peptides synergize statin activity|

---

US7723303B2|2000-08-24|2010-05-25|The Regents Of The University Of California|Peptides and peptide mimetics to treat pathologies characterized by an inflammatory response|

---

US20080293639A1|2005-04-29|2008-11-27|The Regents Of The University Of California|Peptides and peptide mimetics to treat pathologies characterized by an inflammatory response|

---

US8568766B2|2000-08-24|2013-10-29|Gattadahalli M. Anantharamaiah|Peptides and peptide mimetics to treat pathologies associated with eye disease|

---

US7148197B2|2000-08-24|2006-12-12|The Regents Of The University Of California|Orally administered small peptides synergize statin activity|

---

CA2514303C|2002-11-13|2012-09-18|The Uab Research Foundation|Synthetic single domain polypeptides mimicking apolipoprotein e and methods of use|

---

US20050159362A1|2003-04-22|2005-07-21|Sircar Jagadish C.|Mediators of reverse cholesterol transport for the treatment of hypercholesterolemia|

---

CA2548790A1|2003-12-17|2005-06-30|Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd.|Medicinal compositions and combinations|

---

CA2568539A1|2004-06-09|2005-12-29|Avanir Pharmaceuticals|Small molecules for treatment of hypercholesterolemia and related diseases|

---

RU2006145961A|2004-06-09|2008-07-20|Аванир Фармасьютикалс |HETEROCYCLIC DERIVATIVES FOR THE TREATMENT OF HYPERLIPIDEMIA AND RELATED DISEASES|

---

JP2008509228A|2004-06-09|2008-03-27|アバニール・ファーマシューティカルズ|Mediator of reverse cholesterol transport for the treatment of hypercholesterolemia|

---

WO2006020652A2|2004-08-11|2006-02-23|The Regents Of The University Of California|Orally administered small peptides synergize statin activity|

---

US20060046996A1|2004-08-31|2006-03-02|Kowa Co., Ltd.|Method for treating hyperlipidemia|

---

AU2005287004B2|2004-09-16|2011-03-17|The Regents Of The University Of California|G-type peptides and other agents to ameliorate atherosclerosis and other pathologies|

---

KR20070089996A|2004-12-06|2007-09-04|더 리전트 오브 더 유니버시티 오브 캘리포니아|Methods for improving the structure and function of arterioles|

---

US8206750B2|2005-03-24|2012-06-26|Cerenis Therapeutics Holding S.A.|Charged lipoprotein complexes and their uses|

---

EP1877798A2|2005-04-15|2008-01-16|Cenix Bioscience GmbH|Human marker genes and agents for diagnosis, treatment and prophylaxis of cardiovascular disorders and artherosclerosis|

---

BRPI0610983A2|2005-04-29|2010-08-10|Universirty Of California|peptides and peptide mimetics to treat pathologies characterized by an inflammatory response|

---

EP1782819A1|2005-11-03|2007-05-09|Cognis IP Management GmbH|Oligopeptides and their use|

---

WO2007055873A2|2005-11-04|2007-05-18|Avanir Pharmaceuticals|Process for the manufacture of peptide facilitators of reverse cholesterol transport|

---

WO2007127457A2|2006-04-28|2007-11-08|The Administrators Of The Tulane Educational Fund|Ghrelin/growth hormone releasing peptide/growth hormone secretatogue receptor antagonists and uses thereof|

---

US20080206142A1|2006-06-16|2008-08-28|Lipid Sciences, Inc.|Novel Peptides That Promote Lipid Efflux|

---

US20080227686A1|2006-06-16|2008-09-18|Lipid Sciences, Inc.|Novel Peptides that Promote Lipid Efflux|

---

US20080199398A1|2006-06-16|2008-08-21|Brewer H Bryan|Novel Peptides That Promote Lipid Efflux|

---

CA2659655A1|2006-08-08|2008-02-21|Alan M. Fogelman|Salicylanilides enhance oral delivery of therapeutic peptides|

---

WO2008039843A2|2006-09-26|2008-04-03|Lipid Sciences, Inc.|Novel peptides that promote lipid efflux|

---

US8163874B2|2007-08-06|2012-04-24|The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy|Beta helical peptide structures stable in aqueous and non-aqueous media and methods for preparing same|

---

WO2009026614A1|2007-08-24|2009-03-05|Dia-B Tech Limited|Hypoglycaemic tripeptide and methods of use thereof|

---

AU2008296478B9|2007-08-28|2015-03-19|The Uab Research Foundation|Synthetic apolipoprotein E mimicking polypeptides and methods of use|

---

US8557767B2|2007-08-28|2013-10-15|Uab Research Foundation|Synthetic apolipoprotein E mimicking polypeptides and methods of use|

---

US8044021B2|2007-09-20|2011-10-25|Abbott Cardiovascular Systems Inc.|Sustained release of apo A-I mimetic peptides and methods of treatment|

---

US7985728B1|2007-09-20|2011-07-26|Abbott Cardiovascular Systems Inc.|Sustained release of Apo A-I mimetic peptides and methods of treatment|

---

US8101565B2|2007-09-20|2012-01-24|Abbott Cardiovascular Systems Inc.|Sustained release of Apo A-I mimetic peptides and methods of treatment|

---

US7985727B1|2007-09-20|2011-07-26|Abbott Cardiovascular Systems Inc.|Apo A-I mimetic peptides and methods of treatment|

---

US9173890B2|2007-09-20|2015-11-03|Abbott Cardiovascular Systems Inc.|Sustained release of Apo A-I mimetic peptides and methods of treatment|

---

FR2927336B1|2008-02-12|2010-05-21|Cie Des Peches Saint Malo Sant|FISH PROTEIN HYDROLYSAT HAVING BONE CAPITAL STIMULATING AND MAINTAINING ACTIVITY, NUTRACEUTICAL AND PHARMACOLOGICAL COMPOSITIONS COMPRISING SUCH HYDROLYSAT AND PROCESS FOR OBTAINING THE SAME|

---

JP5800711B2|2008-09-09|2015-10-28|プロメガ コーポレイションＰｒｏｍｅｇａ Ｃｏｒｐｏｒａｔｉｏｎ|Bioluminescence assay using cyanobenzothiazole compounds|

---

US9724381B2|2009-05-12|2017-08-08|The Administrators Of The Tulane Educational Fund|Methods of inhibiting the ghrelin/growth hormone secretatogue receptor pathway and uses thereof|

---

WO2011044545A2|2009-10-09|2011-04-14|Sigalov Alexander B|Methods and compositions for targeted imaging|

---

JO3417B1|2010-01-08|2019-10-20|Regeneron Pharma|Stabilized formulations containing anti-interleukin-6 receptorantibodies|

---

EP2545041B1|2010-03-11|2017-08-02|Promega Corporation|Bioluminescent assays using cyanobenzothiazole compounds|

---

PT2673296T|2011-02-07|2019-01-31|Cerenis Therapeutics Holding Sa|Lipoprotein complexes and manufacturing and uses thereof|

---

US9334306B2|2011-07-09|2016-05-10|The Regents Of The University Of California|Leukemia stem cell targeting ligands and methods of use|

---

TWI589299B|2011-10-11|2017-07-01|再生元醫藥公司|Compositions for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis and methods of using same|

---

US9539300B2|2012-03-31|2017-01-10|The Regents Of The University Of California|Modulating disease through genetic engineering of plants|

---

US10894098B2|2012-04-09|2021-01-19|Signablok, Inc.|Methods and compositions for targeted imaging|

---

RU2528094C2|2012-08-03|2014-09-10|Татьяна Георгиевна Емельянова|Peptide agent possessing analgesic anti-inflammatory action, and based dosage forms|

---

EP2853259A1|2013-09-30|2015-04-01|Université Pierre et Marie Curie |Reconstituted high density lipoproteins composition and uses thereof|

---

MX2016014306A|2014-05-02|2017-06-12|Cerenis Therapeutics Holding Sa|Hdl therapy markers.|

---

BR112017001860A2|2014-07-31|2018-02-27|Uab Research Foundation|synthetic peptide, pharmaceutical composition, methods, dosage regimen, and monoclonal antibody|

---

EP3337497A4|2015-08-21|2019-04-17|Portola Pharmaceuticals, Inc.|Composition and methods of use of novel phenylalanine small organic compounds to directly modulate pcsk9 protein activity|

---

US10568882B2|2015-08-21|2020-02-25|Srx Cardio, Llc|Phenylpiperazine proprotein convertase subtilisin/kexin type 9modulators and their use|

---

WO2018063796A1|2016-09-28|2018-04-05|The Regents Of The University Of California|Ezetimibe-associated apoa-1 mimetic peptides showing enhanced synergism|

---

US10426817B2|2017-01-24|2019-10-01|Macregen, Inc.|Treatment of age-related macular degeneration and other eye diseases with apolipoprotein mimetics|

---

WO2021209823A1|2020-04-16|2021-10-21|Abionyx Pharma Sa|Methods for treating acute conditions using lipid binding protein- based complexes|

法律状态:
2006-03-16| DA3| Amendments made section 104|Free format text: THE NATURE OF THE AMENDMENT IS: AMEND THE NAME OF THE APPLICANT TO ADD THE CO-APPLICANT THE UNIVERSITY OF ALABAMA RESEARCH FOUNDATION |

---

2011-05-12| DA2| Applications for amendment section 104|Free format text: THE NATURE OF THE AMENDMENT IS AS SHOWN IN THE STATEMENT(S) FILED 15 APR 2011. |

---

2011-09-01| DA3| Amendments made section 104|Free format text: THE NATURE OF THE AMENDMENT IS AS SHOWN IN THE STATEMENT(S) FILED 15 APR 2011 |

---

2011-09-08| FGA| Letters patent sealed or granted (standard patent)|

---

2013-03-07| MK14| Patent ceased section 143(a) (annual fees not paid) or expired|

优先权:

---

申请号 | 申请日 | 专利标题

---

US49444903P| true| 2003-08-11|2003-08-11||

---

US60/494,449||2003-08-11||

---

US10/649,378||2003-08-26||

---

US10/649,378|US7148197B2|2000-08-24|2003-08-26|Orally administered small peptides synergize statin activity|

---

PCT/US2004/026288|WO2005016280A2|2003-08-11|2004-08-10|Orally administered small peptides synergize statin activity|

---